Technical Education and Training Department - West Bengal

22983505 procurement of equipments, instruments, machineries, tools etc. related to laboratories and workshops of physics, chemistry, civil engineering, mechanical engineering, electronics and telecommunication engineering in the kalimpong govt. polytechnic, kalimpong, dist. kalimpong, 734301 1.001 air permeability apparatus ( blaine type ) : with isi certification mark is;5516 fitted in aluminium box with permeability cell made of brass, perforated metal disc. plunger. ‘u’ tube manometer with rubber coupling for the above noted cell, mounted on stand. rubber stopper. latex rubber tube, 30 cm long [ all weather compatible ] filter paper discs ( twelve nos. ) . dibutylphthalate liquid, 250 ml bottle – 2 nos. punch. non perforated disc. suction bulb and all other accessories required as per is code. it should be supplied with standard cement required for calibration ( calibration to be done by the supplier in presence of concerned authority ) and mercury of requisite quantity, crucible 1.002 sieve: of brass frame 20cm dia x 90 micron [ bis:460 part i & ii 1985, reaffirmed 2008 ] material of construction: brass type: seamless weight: preferably 250gm 350gm wire mesh preferably imported quality, isi marked 1.003 vicat apparatus with isi certification mark is:5513:1976 or latest fitted in aluminium box ( is 1727, 2541 ( p.1 ) , 2645, 4031 ) a frame with a vertically movable rod having a cap at the top; mild stee glass plate the mould is in the form of frustum of a cone having internal diameter at lower and upper end 70 and 60 mm respectively and a height of 40 ± 0.2 mm. needle for initial setting time determination: the needle is circular / rectangular in cross section having a cross sectional area of 1mm².with flat end. 3set needle for final setting time determination: having a cross sectional area of 1mm² with flat one end and a collar at the other end having dia of 5 mm and needle projects beyond the collar by 0.5 mm – 3set polished brass plunger with a projection at the upper end for insertion into the movable rod with flat lower end dia 10 mm, 50 mm long 3set sample capacity : 400 gms. ( ordinary portland, rapid hardening portland, low heat portland ) front scale should be made with brass ( can be measured from top and bottom ) provided with standard bottom glass plate for mould as per is code 1.004 vibrating machine is:10080 1982 the machine issued for compaction of 70.6 mm cube specimens of cement mortar under standard vibration required for determination of compressive strength of cement. consists of a frame on four coiled spring to carry a cube mould and an eccentric revolving shaft mounted on ball and roller bearing. the machine is so balanced that the vibration from the eccentric impact will bring shm to the mould carrier and mould frequency of vibration : 12000±400 per minute. the drive from the notor to the eccentric shaft is through an endless flat belf running over teh crouwned pulley. suitable for operation on 220v, 50h single phase supply, one time switch one 70.6 mm isi marked cube mould ( ) with hopper. 1.005 analogue compression testing machine, capacity 3000kn, electrically operated, three gauge ( 2000 kn, 1000 kn, 500 kn ) confirm is – 14858 ( 2000 ) with nccbm certified load gauge. electrically operated fully welded of steel cross head and machined steel base with solid support plates . the hydraulic jack of 2000kn capacity is fixed on the base. the upper platen has got a self aligning action. the lower platen rests on the jack ram and is positioned centrally with the help of a centering pin. loading is accomplished by the upward movement of the lower platen. both the lower and the upper platens are hardened, ground and polished. guidelines are marked on the lower platen to keep the specimen centrally and co axially with the hydraulic jack. a dust cover is provided on the jack to prevent any dust going into the cylinder of the jack. four spacers with locating pins are provided to be inserted in between the lower platen and the hydraulic jack to reduce the excessive gap between the two platens when small specimens along with brick platen are required to be tested. motorized pumping unit : motorized pumping unit of 2000kn is housed in an elegant cabinet and is of two speed design driven by an electric motor. a connector is fixed to connect the motor to the mains through on off push button switch . slow and fast lever which is fitted with a knob. to and fro movement of this lever, coarse adjustment of rate of loading can be done. fine adjustment can be done by rotating the knob fitted on this lever. release valve preferred to be provided on the top of the pump. pressure can be released by unscrewing the knob. oil reservoir is fitted with oil filler plug cum dipstick , drain plug , and safety valve the unit is suitable for operation on 220 volts, 1 phase, 50 cycles ac supply. 3 general specification: least count : 0.1 kn. accuracy: + 1% platen max clearance: 370 mm. upper swiveling arrangement. side plate distance ( max ) : 340 mm size of platen: 222.0 mm dia. platen hardness: 60 bhn piston dia : 222.2 mm. piston stroke : 50 mm. specimen sizes : 70.6mm, 100mm, 150mm cube and 150 mm dia x 300 mm height of cylinder. frame stiffness : 2000 kn / mm. pump noise level : within 65 db sample viewing port: 305 x 460 mm with poly acrylic transparent sheet. 1.006 le chatelier mould with isi certification mark is:5514 reaffirmed 2011: used for determination of soundness of cement and class a and class b limes. consists of one split cylinder 30 mm dia x 30 mm high made of spring brass with two indicator arms, two glass plate, two lead weight approx 100 grams resilience of the mould shall be such that the action of a mass of 300g applied shall increase the distance between the needle indicator ends by 17.5 ± 2.5mm without permanent deformation. 1.007 le chatelier water bath: it is a double walled water bath made from heavy gauge copper sheet for maintaining the temperature of water at 27 ± 2° c. glass wool insulation is provided between the walls. an immersion type heater, with thermostat and a energy regulator are provided for controlling the temperature. a removable rack to hold 6 12 standard le chatlier moulds, is also supplied. suitable for operation on 220 / 230 v, 50 hz, single phase supply. 1.008 autoclave, with analogue pressure gauge & temp controller as per is: 4031 ( part 3 ) . used for accelerated soundness tests on cement. it can also be used for other accelerated testing requiring constant steam pressure up to 21 / kg. sq. cm. consists of 1. one high pressure steam chamber ( 150 id x 400 long ) made of stainless steal tube with bolted steal cover, enclosed inheat insulated metal housing 2. strip heater ( with thermostat regualor, 2 toggle switch ) for regualting rate of heating, preset pressure switch [ to control and maintain the steam pressure in the chamber ] , steam pressure gauge [ max capaacity 42 kg / sq. cm, spring loaded safety valve [ adjusted to work at 23 kg / sq. cm pressure, blower for accelarated cooling, one test bar holder [ eight specimen inside the steam chamber in the vertical position. 1.009 graduated measuring cylinder: of transparent material ( glass – make borosil ) ; thermally protected, 1000 cc mixing bowl having capacity of 2000 cc or above electrical stirrer ( specification given separately below ) 1.010 by gravimetric method: as per is: 2386 part ii ( 1963 ) a. a water tight screw toped glass jar ( dimensions similar to 1 kg fruit preserving jar ) b. a device for rotating the jar about its long axis with this axis horizontal at a speed 80±20 c. a sedimentation pipette of anderson type approx 25 mm. d. a measuring cylinder of 1000 ml capacity e. scale balance of capacity not less than 10 kg and accurate to 1g f. scale balance of capacity not less than 250 g and accurate to 0.001 g g. a well ventilated oven, thermostatically controlled to maintain a temp of 100 – 110 °c h. sodium oxalate, distilled water 1.011 for proper compaction of concrete cube moulds and cylinders; table top 50 cm x 50 cm; suitable for holding 6 cube mould of 150 mm side, has stops at the periphery to prevent the moulds from sliding off the table top during operation; suitable for operation 220 v, 50hz, single phase ac supply 1.012 graduated measuring cylinder: of transparent material ( glass – make borosil ) thermally protected 1000 cc / 500cc / 250cc / 100cc / 50 cc 5 nos of each variety comprises a set [ may be used for other test also ] 1.013 as per bis: 383 1970 sieve brass frame 20cm dia material of construction: brasstype: seamless weight: preferably 250gm 350 gm wire mesh preferably imported quality. size: 10 mm, 4.75 mm, 2.36 mm, 1.18 mm, 600 micron, 300 micron, 150 micron, pan at bottom and lid at top for 20cm dia. sieves material of construction: brass type: seamless; weight: preferably 250gm 350gm [ bis:460 part i & ii 1985, reaffirmed 2008 ] along with brush for cleaning sieves, especially for lower sieves ( 2 nos ) 1.014 sieve shaker, motorised having as tardy cast iron body, the shaker has an inclined sieve table which can accommodate a max of seven sieves of 200 mm dia. an adjustable top clamping plate is provided to hold the sieves. the table has agyratory motion in addition to up and down jolting action. the operating gear assembly is enclosed in an oil bath fitted with transparent oil level indicating window. suitable for operating on 220v, 50hz, single phase supply. time switch adjustable from 0 60 minutes. lid and receiver for 200 mm dia sieves, made of brass. adopter for 300 mm dia sieves 1.015 pycnometer with necessary attachment as per relevant is code 1.016 aggregate impact test for determining the aggregate impact value and has been designed in accordance with test procedure as in 2386 part iv reaffirmed in 2011, is:9377 1979. 1. fitted in a automatic blow counter 2. a heavy circular base with two vertical guides fitted with a cross bar at the top 3. a hammer of 13.75 kg mass which can be raised and allowed to fall freely through 380±5 mm with locking arrangement 4. a cylindrical mould, a metal measure and a tamping rod 10 mm dia x 230 mm long. 1.017 los angeles abrasion testing machine: ( is: 10070 1982 ) [ test procedure as in 2386 part iv reaffirmed in 2011 ] ( with counter ) is for determining the resistance to wear off small size coarse aggregates and crushed rock. the machine consists of the following: hollow cylinder mounted on a sturdy frame on ball bearing capable of rotating about its axis in a horizontal position. 2. a detachable shelf at a distance of 1250 mm from the opening along the circumference in the direction of motion extending throughout the inside length of the drum to catch the abrasive charge and does not allow it to fall on the cover. 3. revolving speed of the drum 30 33 rpm by a suitable electricl motor through a heavy duty reduction gear. 4. tray for collection of materials. 5. abrasive charge a set of 12 nos hardened steel ball of 48 mm dia, each wighing approx 390 450 gram 6. suitable for operation on 440 v, 50 hz, 3 phase supply 1.018 aggregate crushing value apparatus ( 150 mm ) is :9376 1979 crushing value apparatus is used for measuring resistance of an aggregate to crushing, as per test procedure as in 2386 part iv reaffirmed in 2011. aggregate crushing value apparatus ( 150 mm ) is :9376 1979. consisting of the following components: cylindrical cell 150 mm dia, fitting plunger, suitable base plate, tamping rod and metal meaure as per dimensions refered in the above noted codes of practice 1.019 is: 2386 ( part iii ) 1963, is: 10079 1982 required for determining the bulk density or unit weight of aggregates. three calibrated cylindrical measures one each of 3 litre, 15 litre and 30 litre capacity made out of steel sheet with handles, complete with one tamping rod 16 mm dia x 60 cm long rounded at oneis: 2386 ( part iii ) 1963, is: 10079 1982 1.020 density basket is : 2386 ( part iii ) – 196 for determination of specific gravity and water absorption of aggregate. it is made of g.i. wire mesh of approximate size 20 cm dia x 20 cm high. complete with handle. 1.021 bouyancy balance: a multipurpose type of unit with electronic balance for the determination of density of the sample, weight in water, volume of the sample or for thea analysis of fresh concrete.consist of : a. a tubular frame, a carraige connected through chain to the rachet. balance is kept on the top of the table and has a hook for hanging the specimen, powel and rachet is provided to raise the plate form along the plastic container filled with water. capacity 16 kg. 1.022 standard pycnometer of capacity one litre and weighing balance of capacity 2 kg or more and accurate to 0.5 g for drying method or frying pan method weighing balance of capacity 2 kg or more and accurate to 0.5 g ( spec. given in the concerned item separately, frying pan / metal tray ( standard size capable of holding 1kg of coarse aggregate ) , hot air oven ( as given in specification for determination of moisture content of soil sample ) 1.023 as per bis: 383 1970 sieve g.i. frame material of construction: g.i; protective coating : powder coating; weight: preferably 800gm 900gm; wire mesh preferably imported quality size: 100mm, 80 mm, 63mm, 50mm, 40mm, 31.5 mm, 25 mm, 20mm, 16 mm, 12.5mm, 10mm, 6.3mm, 4.75mm, 2.36 mm, 1.7 mm, 1.18 mm, 600 micron, 300 micron, 150 micron, 90 micron, 75 micron [ bis:460 part i & ii 1985, reaffirmed 2008 ] pan and cover for 30cm dia sieves material of construction: g.i protective coating : powder coating upto 6.3 mm and the rest are made of brass ( as mentioned earlier ) weight: preferably 800gm 900gm; as per bis: 383 1970 1.024 slump test apparatus is: 7320 1974 used for determination of slump of fresh concrete mix as a measure of its consistency where the nominal size of aggregate does not exceed 38 mm. comprises of the following: a slump cone having 100 mm dia at the top, 200 mm dia at the bottom and 300 mm high with two cleats and lifting handles; base plate with clamping arrangement for the slump cone and swivel handle which also serves as the datum for measuring the slump; tamping rod 16 mm dia 60cm long wiht one end rounded and graduated from 0 15 cm in 0.5 cm spacing to measure the slump 1.025 . compaction factor apparatus is: 5515 1983 compaction factor apparatus for determination of workability of fresh concrete mixes of very low workability [ stiffer consitency ] such as those normally used with concrete, compacted by vibration. concrete mix having maximum size of aggregate not exceeding 38 mm, can be tested for workability. comprises of the following: two conical hoppers with trap doors, one cylindrical receiver 0.005 cu.m volume, a welded steel stand for mounting the hoppers and the receivers co axially at the specified distane mentioned in the concerned code of practice, two trowels one hand scoop and one standard tamping rod 16 mm dia x 600 mm long 1.026 vee bee consistometer is : 10510 1983 used for estimation of consistency of concrete mix by determination of the time required for transforming sample of fresh concrete in the form of a frustum of a cone into a cylinder by standard vibration. consists of the following: a slump cone 100 mm dia at top, 200 mm inside dia at base and 300 mm high, one container for the slump cone with two clamps and lifting handles, a vibrating table mounted on the rubber shock absorbers and having a swivel arm attached on one side carries a funnel on one side and a graduated rod with perspex disc on the other side. rod is graduated in cm to measure the slump and volume in the cylinder after vibration, suitable for operation on 440 v, 50hz and 3 phase supply 1.027 flow table ( as per is: 5512 ) : flow table ( handoperated ) is:1199 1959 used for determination of fluidity of cement concrete mixture where the nominal size of aggregate does not exceed 38mm. it comprises the following a machined table top 250 mm dia of gun metal fitted with vertical shaft having total weight 4.00±0.05 kg; a cast iron frame with a mechined base and a smooth vertical hole at the top for the table shaft. it has a horizontal shaft carrying a cam at one end and a hand wheel at the other. the cam allow a 12 mm drop of the table; a conical mould 100 mm inside dia at bottom, 70 mm inside dia at top and 50 mm high; mild steel base plate 250 mm x 250 mm x 25 mm approx for fixing to the underside of the flow table. 1.028 efflorescence test for brick: dish for immersion of bricks for detecting efflorescence of bricks is made of either porcelein or glass or glazed stoneware having dimensions of 180 mm x 180 mm x 40 mm deep ( square shaped ) or 200 mm dia x 40 mm deep ( cylindrical shaped ) . crushing strength test will be conducted in ctm [ specifications mentioned separately ] 1.029 rebound hammer test : is 13311: 1992 ( part2 ) useful for non destructive estimation of quality of concrete of a finished structure and its relative compressive strength. the instrument consists of a casing in which a hammer mass, special spring, hammer locking and release mechanism are housed. a spherical ended plunger projects at one end which, when pressed against the test surface, actuates the release mechanism of the hammer mass. it gives an impact on the plunger. the hammer mass rebounds after the impact and an indicator register the amount of rebound on a linear scale. the compressive strength of the material can be computed from the calibration curves supplied with each hammer. it gives results within 15% of actual compressive strength. supplied complete with a grinding stone in a carrying case. measuring range 10 70 n / mm2. impact energy required for different application is as for testing normal weight concrete 2.25 nm, for light weight concrete or small and impact sensitive parts of concrete 0.75 nm and for testing mass concrete, for example in roads, airfields pavements and hydraulic structures 30.00nm. the hammer mass rebounds after the impact and an indicator register the amount of rebound on a linear scale. the compressive strength of the material can be computed from the calibration curves supplied with each hammer. it gives results within 15% of actual compressive strength. supplied complete with a the testing anvil use before commencement of a test to ensure reliable results. the testing anvil should be of steel having brinell hardness of about 5 000 n / mm2. the supplier / manufacturer of the rebound hammershould indicate the range of readings on the anvil suitable for different types of rebound hammers along with a carrying case. 1.030 apparatus the apparatus for ultrasonic pulse velocity measurement shall consist of the following: a ) electrical pulse generator, b ) transducer one pair, c ) amplifier, and d ) electronic timing device. transducer:any suitable type of transducer operating within the frequency lange of 20 khz to 150 khz may be used. piezoelectric and magneto strictive types of transducers may be used, the latter being more suitable for the lower part of the frequency range.electronic timing device: it shall be capable of measuring the time interval elapsing between the onset of a pulse generated at the transmitting transducer and theonset of its arrival at the receiving transducer. two forms of the electronic timing apparatus are possible, one of which uses a cathode ray tube on which the leading edge of the pulse is displayed in relation to the suitable time scale, the other uses an interval timer with a direct reading digital display. if both the forms of timing apparatus are available, the interpretation of results becomes more reliable.the apparatus should be capable of measuring transit times to an accuracy of ±1 percent over a range of 20 microseconds to 10 milliseconds.for this, it is necessary to check the overall performance by making measurements on two standard reference specimens in which the pulse transit times are known accurately. the two reference specimens ( usually steel bars ) should have pulse transit times of about 25 microseconds to 100 microseconds respectively; these times. being specified by the supplier of the equipment to an accuracy of ±0.2 microsecond. the shorter of the reference specimens should be used to set the zero for the apparatus and the longer one should be used to check the accuracy of transit time measurement of the apparatus. the measurement obtained should not differ from the known value for the reference specimen by more than ± o.5 percent. the electronic excitation pulse applied to the transmitting transducer should have a rise time of not greater than one quarter of its natural period. this is to ensure a sharp pulse onset. the interval between pulses should be low enough to ensure that the onset of the received signal in small concrete test specimens is free from interference by reverberations produced within the preceding working cycle. the apparatus should maintain its performance over the range of ambient temperature, humidity and power supply voltage stated by the supplier. 1.031 key features are identical to model s, with additional key features: * cyber scan functions for displaying the reinforcement. * measuring with grid function for grey scale display of concrete cover. the objects of both functions can be stored, printed out directly and transferred to a pc. • 1 nos. probe carriage scan car with path measuring device and path measuring device cable 1.55 m for scanning, • 1 nos. interface converter to printer with parallel interface, with 2.0 m cable. features •allows the detection of rebars • measurement of concrete cover depth and rebar diameter • correction functions for the influence of neighbouring bars • the cover meter offers optical as well as acoustic locating aids • storage of 40’000 individual cover values and statistical analysis ( 160’000 with model scanlog ) • data transfer function from the cover meter to a pc and evaluation using the pro vista analysis software, included with the cover meter. applications • locate rebars with the cover meter to avoid them when drilling holes • acceptance inspection of cover after formwork is removed • measuring concrete cover depth with the cover meter • quality assurance in mass production of prefabricated concrete elements • profometer 5+ cover meter model scanlog is especially suited for large areas and when comprehensive reporting is required system technical data: memory non volatile memory for 40000 measured values 160’000 ) and 60 objects respectively display lcd with backlight, 128 x 128 pixels interface rs 232 or with adapter for usb port on pc software pro vista for downloading data and evaluation on pc batteries six 1.5 v for 45 h operation; 30 h with backlight on measuring range of the cover meter operating temperature 0 °c to +60 °c storage temperature 10 °c to +60 °c cover depth measurements small range up to 100 mm ( 3.94 in. ) large range up to 185 mm ( 7.28 in. ) diameter measurement up to a cover of 70 mm ( 2.76 in. ) standardization the following standards can be applied to the cover meter: • bs 1881 part 204 • din 1045 • sn 505 262 • dgzfp b2 ( recommendation ) including 390 00 270 test block with nabl / nccbm certificate 1.032 is: 1203, 1448 ( p: 60 ) , 310, ip 49 for determining the grade of bitumen it has a base with levelling screws on which a vertical pillar is mounted. a head together with dial plunger rod and needle slides on the pillar and can be clamped at any desired position. a rack, pinion and pointer assembly provides fine adjustment to the needle and slipping clutch mechanism enables accurate penetration. graduated in 40 x0.1 mm divisions. 1. a penetrometer, 2. a cylindrical container ( 55 mm dia, 35 mm in depth;70 mm dia and 45 mm depth ) 3. needle 4. water bath along with bath thermometer 5. trnasfer dish or tray for complete immersion of the sample. 6. unless otherwise specified, load the needle holder with the weight required to make a total moving weight ( that is, the sum of the weights of the needle, carrier and superimposed weights ) of 100± 0.25 g. container a metal or glass cylindrical, flat bottom container of essentially the following dimensions shall be used: for penetrations below 225: diameter: 55 mm internal depth:35 mm for penetrations between 225 and 350: diameter: 70 mm internal depth: 45 mm needle a straight, highly polished, cylindrical, stainless steel i ( ss 316 ) , rod, with conical and parallel portions co axial, having the shape, as per is 1203 1978. the needle is provided with a shank approximately 3 mm in diameter into which it is immovably fixed. the taper shall be symmetrical and the point shall be blunted by grinding to a truncated cone. water bath : water bath preferably with a thermostat maintained at 25 .0 ± 0.10°c containing not less than 10 litres of water.the sample being immersed to a depth of not less than 100 mm from the top and supported on a perforated shelf not less than 50 mm from the bottom of the bath. transfer dish a small dish or tray, provided with some means which ensure a firm bearing and prevent the rocking of the container. and of such capacity as will ensure complete immersion of the container during the test. penetration apparatus any apparatus which will allow the needle to penetrate without appreciable friction, and which is accurately calibrated to yield results in tenths of millimetre shall be adopted. thermometer it shall conform to the is 1803 1978. time device for hand operated penetrometers, any convenient timing device, such as electric timer, stop watch, or any other spring actuated device may be used provided it is graduated 0.1 s or less and is accurate to within ±o.1 s for a 60 s interval. an audible seconds counter adjusted to provide 1 beat each 0.5 s may also be used.the time for a l l count interval shall be 5 ± 0.1 s. any automatic timing device attached to a penetrometer shall be accurately calibrated to provide the desired test interval within ± 0.1 s. the dial is graduated in 40 x 0.1 mm divisions or automatic digital readout equipment. easy reading is made possible by using a red needle against black graduated figures. supplied complete with one 50 gms and 100 gms weight without cone or needle. hot plate suitably mounted and heated either electrically or by means of a gas flame, capable of maintaining the sa mple continuously at the required temperature, 1.033 ring and ball apparatus is: 1205, ip:58 / 63 bituminous material loaded by a 9.5 mm dia steel ball ( 2nos ) drops a specified distance when heated under specified conditions. the new design of ring and ball apparatus is compact user friendly and has better aesthetics. it has magnetic stirrer with heating facility and digital display of temperature, the heating can be adjusted through knob. suitable for operation on 220 v, 50 hz, single phase, ac supply. each unit is supplied with a bath of heat resistant glass and the following : tapered rings 2 nos. ball centering guide – 2 nos. steel balls of 9.5 mm dia 2 nos. ring holder 1 no. electric heater ( hot plate ) 1 no. a bath 8.5 cm dia x 12 cm deep approx. thermometer ip 60 c 1.034 pensky martens flash point ( closed ) tester ( electrically operated ) is: 1448 ( part 1 ) 1209, ip 34 / 58, for determining flash point of petroleum products ( above 49°c flash point range ) . it has a brass coil cup fitted with a heat resistance handle. the cup is provided with a lid which includes stirring device, a cover, shutter and a flame exposive device. the shutter is operated by a spring handle. a flexible shaft is provided in the hand operated stirrer. a cast iron stove is fitted with a metal top plate mounted on an upright member. supplied with a hot plate. the energy regulator controls the heating. suitable for operation on 220 v, 50 hz, single phase ac supply. 1.035 cloveland flash ( open ) and fire point apparatus [ electrically heated ] is: 1448 p:69 ip 36 / 63 for determining the flash and fire point of petroleum products: has a cleveland flash cup inbrass with an insulated handle, a metal heating plate with a circular opening covered by asbestos board, an electricl heater with energy regulator and a gas test jet assembly suitable for operation onn 220v, 50hz single phase supply. thermometer ip 28°c range 6°c to +400°c for use with cleveland flash and fire point apparatus. 1.036 ductility testing machine is: 1208 1978 for determining the ductility of asphaltic bitumen, native asphalt, cut back bitumen and blown type bitumen. it consists of three mould assemblies on a base plate. a separate briquette mould ( total length 75 ± 0.5 mm, distance between clips 30 ± 0.3 mm, width at mount of slip 20 ± 0.2 mm, width at minimum cross section 10 ± 0.1 mm, thickness throughout 10 ± 0.1 mm ) for casting the specimens is also supplied. a water bath of 10 litres capacity with a perforated shelf not less than 50 mm from the bottom of bath and a thermostat controller for heater. the machine has two standard rates of travel of 1 cm / mnt and 5 cm / mnt. the movable bracket can be arrested or released without switching off the motor by a clutch arrangement. suitable for operation on 220v, 50 hz, single phase ac supply. 1.037 viscometer ( electrically heated ) as per is 1206 part ii astm d 88, e 102 for determining the saybolt viscosity of pertoleum products within 70 210°f temperature range and saybolt furol viscosity of bituminous materials within 250 450 °f temperature range. consists of a cylindrical cup, a universal tip a furol tip a stirrur receiving flask a filter funnel a withdrawal tube thermometer support a bath fitted with immersion heater and auto transformer.suitable for operation on 220 v, 50 hz, single phase ac supply. 1.038 marshall apparatus ( electrically operated ) astm d 1559 supplied complete with proving ring ( 30 kn capacity ) & dial gauge ( least count 0.002 mm, provided with calibration certificate as per is: 4169 ) . for determining the resistance to plastic flow of cylindrical specimens of bituminous paving mixture loaded on its lateral surface. for use with hot mixture containing asphalt or tar and aggregate upto 25.4 mm max size. it consists of three cylindrical moulds 10.16 cm dia x 7.6 cm high with base plates and extension collars, a specimen extractor, two compaction hammers ( 4.5 kg, 457 mm fall ) a compaction pedestal, a breaking head assembly ( having radius of curvature 50 mm ) , a load transfer bar and a 50 kn loading unit. the motorised loading unit has a uniform rate of vertical movement of 50.8 mm / mnt. suitable for operation on 220v, 50 hz, single phase supply, along with all relevant accessories to conduct the test as per astm d 1559 1.039 universal testing machine capacity, 1000 kn loading accuracy as high as ±1% of the indicating value. the power pack has a directly driven pump which generates a maximum pressure of 200 kgf / cm2. the hydraulic pump produces a continuous non pulsating oil flow. hence the load application is very smooth. a pressure compensated flow control valve is provided which controls oil flow to the main cylinder. this maintains a constant rate of piston movement and hence straining rate is kept constant. this valve is hand operated and gives infinitely variable oil flow to obtain different rates of straining. has a micro processor based electronic panel, precision strain gauge type pressure transducer for load measurement, rotary encoder with rack for crosshead displacement / extension indication, rs 232 com port for pc interface, data entry for specimen dimension, serial number, gauge length. unit selection for load, displacement. results include load vs displacement curve, maximum displacement, uts, % elongation, are controlled for precision and accuracy during every stage of manufacturing. the machines are calibrated in accordance with is standards. utm comply with grade 1 of is : 1828 1991. an accuracy of ± 1% is guaranteed from 20% of the load range selected to full load. below 20% of the selected range the maximum permissible error is 0.2% of the full load reading. suitable for operation on 440 v, 50 hz, three phase, ac supply. specification: resolution: 0.01 kn; max clearance for tensile test: 50 – 850 mm max clearance for compression test: 0 – 850 mm; clearance between columns: 750 mm ram stroke: 250 mm frame stiffness :1500 kn / mm straining / piston speed at no load: 0 – 80 mm; for tension test clamping jaws for round specimens: 10 – 25 mm, 25 45mm, 8 15mm; clamping jaws for flat specimens thickness: 0 22mm, 22 44 mm and 44 – 65 mm flat specimen width: 70mm for compression test: pair of compression plates: 222 mm for transverse test: table with the adjustable rollers width of rollers:; 160 mm diameter of rollers: 50 mm max clearance between supports: 800mm radius of punch tops: 16mm, 22mm. crosshead geared motor: 1 hp power pack motor: 3.0 hp dimension ( approx ) : l – 2420 mm, w – 820 mm, h – 2900 mm. weight ( approx ) : 4500 kg nabl calibration with traceability certificate. consist of following: electronic extensometer strain gauge type with 2.5mm extension and gauge length 25mm and 50mm. bend and rebend test attachment. including all other accessories for conducting tensile, compression, bending and shear test on specimen ( mild steel, hysd bar & tmt bar ) with facility for automatic plotting of load vs. deformation curve. 1.040 tile flexural strength testing machine ( ref standard is: 654, 1237 1980 ) . for clay roofing tiles and cement concrete flooring tiles for carrying out transverse strength tests on cement concrete flooring tiles. the equipment consists of two bearing rollers and a third self aligning loading roller, all 25 mm in diameter. the centre to centre distance between bearing rollers can be set at 150, 200 or 250 mm. the loading is through double lever loading system ( leverage 1:12 ) by means of a steady flow of lead shot from a lead shot container to a receiver hung on the lever system. the rate of flow of lead shot is adjustable as per required rate of loading. the flow of lead shot stops automatically on failure of test specimen and the breaking load can be calculated by multiplying the weight of lead shot in the receiver by the lever ratio i.e. 12. capacity: 200kg applied load: 450 to 550n / min accuracy: ± 2% sample between rollers: 40mm or 20mm supplied complete with 20 kg lead shot. 1.041 standard assembly to determine the coefficient of friction between same materials and different materials [ min. 5 ] having provision of adjustment of inclination of planes along with laoding arrangement and complete sets weight box ( 2 nos. ) 1.042 rockwell hardness testing machine rockwell & rockwell superficial test consists of forcing an indentor ( diamond or ball ) into the surface of a test piece in two steps i.e first with preliminary force and thereafter with additional test force and then measuring depth of indentation after removal of additional test force for measuring the hardness value. a preliminary test force is first applied and then indicator is automatically set to zero. quickly thereafter an additional test is applied without removing the preliminary test force. when the penetration is stabilised the additional test force is removed and the hardness number is shown directly on the indicator. specification: • digital hardness tester for rockwell test. motorized for automatic operation cycle – load / dwell / unload • preliminary test force – 98.07 n • additional test force – 490.3, 882.6, 1373 n • total test force – 588, 980.7, 1417n • set position with led bar indicator for easy operation • key board entry through reliable membrane switches for scale / go – no go / dwell time selection • large size scale display with 0.1 rockwell resolution • parallel output for connection dot matrix printer to get the result indicating serial number of test. hardness scale, hardness number and high / good / low indication. • max test height 230 mm • depth of throat – 133 mm 1.043 brinnell hardness testing machine machine designed are precision engineered confirming to is: 2281 – 1983. degined to measure the hardness of casting, forging, other metals and alloys of all kinds, hard or soft, whether flat, round or irregular in shape. technical data: loads – 500 – 3000 kgf in stages of 250 initial load – 250 kgf max test height – 110 mm depth of throat – 200 mm max depth of elevationg screw below base 180 size of base – 370 x 670 mm machine height approx. – 1127 mm net weight 450 kg drive motor – 0.33 – to be supplied along with the following accessories – testing table 200 mm φ with v groove for round joint for jobs – 10 80 mm dia ball holder 10 mm test block – 10 / 3000 brinell microscope allen spanner telescopic cover for elevating screw protection instruction manual 1.044 tile abrasion testing machine ( ref standard is:1237 1980, 1706 1972 ) used for determining the resistance of flooring tiles to wear or abrasion.tile sample is pressed under a specified load against a grinding path, strewen evenly with an abrasive powder, revolving at the rate of 30 ± 1 rpm. at the end of 100 revolutions of the disc, the second parallel side of the tile is subjected to wear an equal number of revolutions of the disc. the wear of the tile is measured using thickness measuring device ( whose price should be included in the quoted price ) it consists of the following: • a grinding disc furnished with a replaceable grinding path and rotating horizontally about its vertical axis. • a circular tray enclosing the grinding disc • holding device for test specimen. • the loading is by a counterbalanced lever. • funnel is provided to facilitate charging the grinding path with abrasive powder • reduction gear coupled to a motor for operation on 220 v, 50 hz, single phase supply electronic. • revolution counter. ( preset cumulative ) . • a 7.5 kg weight to apply 30 kg load on specimen through lever. • thickness measurement jig with 0.01 mm x 25 mm dial gauge ( whose price should be included in the quoted price ) • abrasive powder should be supplied at no extra cost. • suitable for operation on 415 v, 50 hz, 3 phase, ac supply 1.045 supplied instruments / equipment should be attached ( all arrangement should be borne by the bidder ) with the flow line so that pressure variation can be measured. equipment supplied will contain mercury as manometric fluid which should be supplied with the equipment ( at no extra cost ) . equipment should be at par with relevant code and upto the satisfaction of the concerned authority. for inverted u tube differential manometer suitable manometric fluid is to be supplied with the equipment. 1.046 equipment shall consist of a convergent and divergent rectangular duct of about 400mm. long made out of acrylic sheets. the duct shall be of size 50 x 25 mm cross section of either end and 50 x 12.5 m. cross section at middle. 13 piezometer tapping complete with peizo glass pipes of 450 mm. long, 6 mm. bore shall be provided. on a stand with graduated scales to read the potential reading. to obtain stabilized flow the duct shall be connected on the upstream and downstream sides to tank of size of 100 dia. and 400 mm. long with gate valves at inlet and outlet for flow control including the pumping system to circulate water flow from a sump tank. suitable arrangement should be there to make the flow steady. no disturbance in the flow will be allowed. all the system should be mounted on strong supporting structure of iron stand. supply pumpset of required capacity to pump water from the sump to store the unit through proper piping system with a gate valve to control the rate of flow to be provided with the apparatus. also an arrangement for measuring the actual flow discharge. utility reqd water supply drain electricity 220v ac 50hz single phase 1.047 apparatus consists of an m.s. supply tank provided with 4 sets of baffles and sieves for steadying water supply, channel having sufficient length and width. water is supplied from the bottom sump tank by a adequate pump. an arrangement for fixing the interchangeable notches at the end of the channel. a hook gauge with vernier is provided to measure the flow level in the tank. the complete tank is supported by a strong iron stand a set of 4 notches of size 30cm wide, made of brass plates are provided for conducting experiments : i ) v notch one 45 ° , one 60° and 90° ii ) rectangular notch supply pumpset of required capacity to pump water from the sump to store the unit through proper piping system with a gate valve to control the rate of flow to be provided with the apparatus. also an arrangement for measuring the actual flow discharge and also diverting the flow into the sump tank when needed. flow control valve by pass stopwatch electricity 220v ac single phase 50 hz flow measuring tank should be provided with a piexometer with proper graduation for flow measurment 1.048 equipment for study of venturimeter equipment shall consist of gunmetal venturimeter on pipe lines with a gate valve on the discharge side for flow control with tapping at suitable positions to measure the pressure across that particular point by a differential manometer with mercury ( cost of mercury will be included in the rate quoted ) and thus calculate the flow rate. the venturimeter should be open for visual inspection consist of inlet converging section throat diverging section converging angle being 21± 1° and diverging angle is preferably 6° dia of the throad is half of the pipe dia, with suitable pump for circulating the flow, arrangement for measuring the discharge 1.049 pitot tube apparatus ( closed circuit ) this apparatus is used to measure the velocity of fluid in the pipe. this apparatus is also used to measure the coefficient of pitot tube. the apparatus consists of : a centrifugal pump of 25mm x 25mm with 1 / 2 hp motor m.s. sump tank 80 x 33 x 30cm to collect the water. m.s. measuring tank 45 x 30 x 30cm fitted with piezometer tube to measure the discharge. damper is used to collect the water in m.s. measuring tank for certain time. g.i. pipe of internal dia 25.4mm ( 1 ) and gunmetal isi mark control valve and regulating valves are used to circulate water. bye pass line is also used to regulate the discharge. this apparatus consists of steel pitot tube ( bend through 90o ) fitted 1.5 pipe. pressure tapings are provided on pitot tube and pipe. the pressure tapping are connected to the inclined u tube mercury manometer to measure pressure difference. the tanks are well epoxy painted in sided to prevent rust hence increase the life of tank. 1.050 equipment shall consist of an ms tank of size wi* x 03p1. x 0.8m. made of 3mm. with an overflow arrangement. an orifice and mouth piece fixing arrangement shall be provided along with a modified hook gauge to measure the x and y coordinates of the flow trajectory, orifice of size 10mm. 2mm. dia. and four different types of mouth pieces. 15mm. dia. with 1 / d 2.5 and 4 and bourda mouth piece, covegjent and divergent mouth pieces shall be provided. 1.051 equipment shall consist of 20 mm, 15mm, 10 mm. g.i. pipes fitted with various section such as large bend, short bend, sudden expansion, contraction, different valves gate valve & glove valve. a mercury manometer ( including requisite quantity of mercury to be supplied with the apparatus ) shall be provided to measure the pressure at different pressure lapping points. a thick adjustment header shall be provided to change over the pressure lapping connected to the manometer. supply pumpset of required capacity to pump water from the sump to store the unit through proper piping system with a gate valve to control the rate of flow to be provided with the apparatus 1.052 apparatus for measuring force due to impact of jet of water on vanes different types : equipment consists of an m.s. housing with acrylic transparent windows on two sides and a door on the third side fitted over the hydraulic bench collecting tank. a brass nozzle fitted to the supply line is located inside the housing and the test vane is situated exactly above the nozzle attached to a counter balancing and dead weights to measure the jet forces. the vertical force exerted on the target plate is measured by adding the weight to the weight pan until the mark on the weight corresponds with the level gauge. a pressure gauge is connected in the supply line. two brass vanes of semicircular shape ( 180 degree angle of deflection ) and horizontal flat vane ( angle of defection 90 degree ) are provided to conduct experiments. uitility reqd hydaraulic bench 1.053 study of a model of centrifugal and reciprocating pump. 1.054 infrared moisture meter fast accurate, operate on 220 volts ac supply. it is completely automatic and provides % moisture loss through entire drying cycle. heating arrangement consist of 250 watts heating lamp with a solid state power stat to control rate of drying and also temperature range 0 100% , min. reading 0.2% , sample weight 5 7gms infrared moisture meter with torsion wire, bulb ( one extra ) drying pans thermometer 1.055 rapid moisture meter conforming to is: 12175 is based on the fact that water will react with calcium carbide to form acetylene gas and the quantity of gas formed is directly proportional to the water present leaving a surplus of the chemical used in the test. the quantity of the acetylene gas produced is indicated in a built in pressure gauge which is calibrated in precentage of moisture on wet weight basis. a conversion formula gives the corresponding moisture content based on dry weight. consists of calcium carbide reagent, moisture gauge 0 25% x 0.5% 1 no or 0 50% x 1% 1no, digital balance 50 g 1 no, steel balls 1 set, scoop 1 no, clearing brush 1 no, aluminium dish 1 no 1.056 oven drying method: by hot air oven hot air oven: double walled oven with the inner chamber made of aluminum or stainless steel sheet and the outer surface of mild steel sheet with a gap of 64 mm approx, filled with the glass wool. outside finished with durable white enamel. three removable shelves in the inner chamber, door fitted with heavy cast chromium platedhinges and a spring type automatic roller to and fro latch. innner chamber heated by coil heaters placed at the bottom and with a three point control switch [ low medium and high wattage ] templ control knob off, low medium and high. control panel directly below the door. light provided to indicate the control cycle as well as mains;adjustable shutters for ventilation near the top, shelves wire and plug, suitable thermometer, sitable for operation on 220v, 50hz, single phase supply the temperature of the specimen is to be maintained between 105° 110°. thermostatically controlled ovens for working within the range of ambient to 250°. the maximum variation in the set temperature is ±1°c. 1.057 in situ density of soil is an important parameter for soil engineers. this is needed for determination of bearing capacity of soils, stability analysis, natural slopes and for determining degree of compaction of fills. core cutter: method for fine grained soils free from aggregate: cylindrical core cutter of seamless steel tube, 130 mm long and 10 cm internal diameter, with a wall thickness of 3 mm, bevelled at one end, . the cutter shall be kept properly greased or oiled. steel dolley 2.5 cm high and 10 cm internal diameter with a wall thickness of 7.5 mm with a lip to enable it to be fitted on top of the core cutter ( tolerance on all essential dimensions shall be ±0.25 mm ) along with wooden cube block of 20cm dia. steel rammer with solid mild steel foot 140 mm diameter and 75 mm height with a concentrically screwed 25 mm diameter solid mild steel staff. the overall length of the rammer including the foot as well as the staff should be approximately 900 mm. the rammer ( foot and staff together ) should weigh approximately 9 kg . 1.058 sand replacement method for fine, medium and coarse grained soil having stone sand pebbles etc. as per is:2720 ( partxxviii ) . it consists of: i ) sand pouring cylinder 115 mm internal dia with conical funnel and shutter. ii ) calibrating container, 100 mm inner dia and150 mm deep with flange 50 mm wide. iii ) metal tray 300 mm square x 40 mm deep with a100 mm dia hole at the centre 1.059 liquid limit device, hand operated with counter the apparatus consists of a brass cup, a crank and cam mechanism, mounted on a rubber base of a specified hardness. a brass pin having a knurled end for easy removal holds the brass cup. the height of fall of the cup can be adjusted by a horizontal lead screw. fitted with a drop counter to automatically record number of drops of the cup. supplied complete with: grooving tool type ‘a to c’ and gauging block as per is: 9259 is:2720 ( part v ) . 1.060 plastic limit apparatus conforming to is: 2720 ( part v ) the apparatus consists of : i ) glass plate 200 mm x 150 mm x 3 mm thick ii ) porcelain evaporating dish iii ) brass rod 3 mm dia, 100 mm long. iv ) spatula with 80 mm long, 20 mm wide blade. v ) metal with number embossed moisture cans, 12 nos.plastic limit apparatus 1.061 shrinkage limit apparatus ( supplied with requisite quantity of mercury ) with the apparatus conforms to is: 10077, and the test is performed as per is: 2720 ( part vi ) . the set consists of: i ) 75 mm square prong plate made of 3 mm thick acrylic sheet with three metal prongs. iii ) stainless steel shrinkage dish 45 mm in dia, 15 mm deep. iv ) glass cup with ground edge, 50 mm to 55 mm dia, 25 mm deep. v ) flexible spatula with 80 mm long, 20 mm wide blade. vi ) mercury – 500 gm 1.062 sieves ( as per spec given earlier ) – 100mm, 75mm, 19mm, 4.75 mm [ for portion retained on 4.75 mm is sieve ] with lid and pan conforming to is:460 part i 1978 for soil passed through 4.75 mm sieve and retained on 75 micron sieve – 4.75 mm, 2 mm, 0.425 mm, 75 micron with lid and pan conforming to is:460 part i 1978 1.063 hydrometer test is performed as per is:2720 ( part iv ) . used for particle size analysis of soil in suspension when it has more than10% of 75 micron is sieve passing material. the scale on the hydrometer is marked from 0.995 to 1.030 in terms of density ( g / ml ) of suspension at 27°c. ( accuracy 0.0005 ) hydrometer glass jar test is performed as per is:2720 ( part iv ) . it is single marked1000 ml glass cylinder without pour out, used to prepare the soil suspension for the determination of density by using hydrometer. supplied complete with the rubber bung. constant temperature bath internal dimensions 600mm x 300 mm x 380 mm deep with clear glass sides. complete with heater, thermostat and agitating unit capable of maintaining temperature at 27°c when ambient temperature is less than 27°c wired for 220v, 50hz, 1phase operation. supplied with a thermometer 0 to100°c high speed stirrer the test is performed as per is: 2720 ( partiv ) .the unit comprises of : i ) a mechanical stirring device, fitted with a motor which rotates a vertical shaft having a stirring pedal at a speed of 8000 to10, 000 r.p.m. ii ) dispersion cup made of brass. iii ) baffle for use with dispersion cup. 1.064 laboratory permeability apparatus:is: 2720 ( part 17 ) , is 11209 suitable for both constant head as well as falling head permeability tests stand with three glass tubes of 6 mm, 10 mm and 20 mm dia approx. metallic mould 100 mm dia x 127.3 mm height, 1000 ml volume. extension collar 100 mm dia x 60 mm height. drainage base plate with a recess for porous stone and an outlet valve. metallic clamping ring drainage cap with recess for a porous stone and fitted with inlet valve and air release valve. dummy plate to serve as false bottom during compaction. porous stone for drainage base plate. porous stone for drainage cap rubber connection tube 3m long, with pinch cock. overhead tank, required for the constant head method made of steel, approx. 37.5 cm dia and 1m high. it is provided with an inlet port at the top, six outlets at the bottom with cocks, air inlet and water filling tube at the top. an arrangement to indicate the water level is also provided 1.065 direct shear apparatus, 12 speed, motorised is: 2720 ( part xiii ) is: 11229 supplied complete with proving ring and 02nos. of dial gauge of 0.01 x 25mm. 2kn with dial gauge 2 nos.& compression tension proving ring 2kn; type of shear : direct / residual measurement operation : motorised the unit is provided with a turret type gear box to get 12 different constant rates of strain i.e 1.25, 0.625, 0.25, 0.125, 0.05, 0.025, 0.01, 0.005, 0.002, 0.001, 0.0004, and 0.0002 mm / min. and arrangements to carry out residual shear strength tests. suitable for operation with 220v, 50 hz, single phase supply. it comprises: i ) shear box assembly ( halves of the shear box 2 nos ) , 60 mm square, complete with a u bracket, guide pins and spacing screws, made of brass. ii ) gripper assembly consisting of two plain grid plates, two perforated grid plates, one base plate and one loading pad, all made of brass. iii ) two porous stones, each 6 mm thick, fitting the shear box iv ) shear box housing of brass, complete with two ball roller strips. v ) loading unit with normal loading of 8 kg / cm2 on 60 mm square specimen. vi ) specimen cutter for a specimen size of 60 mm x 60 mm x 25 mm. vii ) the unit is provided with a turret type gear box to get 12 different constant rates of strain i.e 1.25, 0.625, 0.25, 0.125, 0.05, 0.025, 0.01, 0.005, 0.002, 0.001, 0.0004, and 0.0002 mm / min. and arrangements to carry out residual shear strength tests. surcharge weights to attain normal stress of 3 kg / cm2 1 set, surcharge weight set comprises of following weights : 0.05 kg / cm2: 4 nos.; 0.10 kg / cm2: 1 no.; 0.20 kg / cm2: 1 no.; 0.50 kg / cm2: 3 nos.; 1.00 kg / cm2: 1 no. 1.066 laboratory vane shear apparatus [ bis: 4434 ( 1978 ) ] hand operated the apparatus comprises of the following: i ) a torque applicator having a base with a hole for holding the specimen mould in position, supporting frame carrying torque head adjustable in height and a graduated drum to measure the deformation of springs. ii ) a set of four springs, one each of 2 kg cm, 4 kg cm, 6 kg cm and 8 kg cm. iii ) a vane of size 12.0 x 24.0 mm long with a vane rod. iv ) specimen container to take a specimen of 50 mm dia x 75 mm high. v ) wooden carrying case for the complete apparatus. 1.067 laboratory vane shear apparatus, machine operated ( for the validity of strength test results carried out on soils which have a shear strength in the order of 15kn / m2 or lower ) consists of a special motor, adjustable in height by means of a lead screw rotated by a drive wheel to enable the vane to be lowered into the specimen. rotation of the vane is by means of an electric motor turns the upper endof a calibrated torsion spring to give a rotation of 0.1o / sec. the vane shaft is attached through the hollow upper shaft to a resettable pointer which indicates the angle of torque on a dial graduated in degrees. the dial readingmultiplied by spring factor gives the torque. rate of rotation : 1 / 60 rpm, suitable for operation on 220 v, 50 hz, single phase, ac supply 1.068 proctor compaction test ( standard ) bis: 2720 part 7 1974 standard: compaction mould: compaction mould 100 mm internal dia x 127.3 mm height, 1000 ml volume complete with collar and base plate, all made of mild steel tie rods of mild steel and wing nuts forclamping. compaction rammer, light: compaction rammer, light, made of mild steel 2.6 kg weight, 50 mm diacompaction face, 310 mm controlled free vertical fall. 1.069 modified bis: 2720 part 7 1974 compaction mould: compaction mould 150 mm internal dia x 127.3 mm height, 2250 ml volume, complete withcollar and base plate all made of mild steel, fixing tie rods of mild steel with wing nuts. compaction rammer, heavy:compaction rammer, heavy, made of mild steel 4.89 kg weigh, 50 mm dia compacting face, 450 mm controlled free vertical fall. 1.070 laboratory california bearing ratio test apparatus, hand operated laboratory cbr apparatus meets the essential requirements of is: 2720 ( part xvi ) with the mould as per of is: 9669. test are carried out for evaluating bearing capacity of subgrade soil for design of flexible pavement on natural soil or compacted soil in water soaked or unsoaked condition and the result so obtained compared with the standard curve to have an idea of subgrade soil strength. consists of following: hand operated load frame capacity 5000 kg cbr mould 150 mm base plate and collar inner dia x 175 mm high cutting collar perforated swell plate spacer disc metallic ring made of mild steel metal tripod aluminum penetration piston assembly proving ring 10 kn capaacity one surcharge weight 2.5 kg annular and one surcharge weight 2.5 kg slotted dial gauge 0.01 x 25 mm 1.071 unconfined compression strength testerperformed as per is: 2720 ( part x ) . ( motorised, proving ring type ) consists of: screw jack with frame and dial gauge holder; set of upper and lower platens, 150 mm dia; cone seating 2 nos; proving ring adapter; proving ring fitted with dial gauge 5 kn capacity; dial gauge 0.01 x 25 mm supplied with one loading unit which is motorised, 50 kn ( 5000 kgf ) capacity with three rates of travel 1.25 mm, 1.5 mm and 2.5 mm / minand operates on 220 v ac supply single phase 1.072 triaxial test apparatus bis: 2720 – part 11 ( 1971 ) , part 12 ( 1981 ) , part 35 ( 1974 ) , • load frame, motorised ( 50kn ) , multi rate of strain. designed to accommodate universal triaxial cell for testing soil specimens up to 100 mm in diameter. a turret type motor drive gear unit to give 30 different rates of strain ranging from 6 mm / min down to 0.00048 mm / min.the motor and gear box assembly are housed in an elegant free standing console and electrical controls have been provided on the front panel of the load frame. suitable for operation on 220v, 50 hz, single phase supply. • triaxial cell, 38 mm diameter suitable for lateral pressure up to 1000 kpa, the cell has four take off positions drilled in the base for cell pressure, pore water pressure, and for top and bottom drainage. fitted with 3 no volume change valves and one dead end plug. cell is supplied complete with one loading pad, two porous stones 38 mm dia x 6 mm thick, one sheath stretcher, one split sand former, 10 latex rubber sheaths and four sealing o rings for 38 mm dia samples [ pack of 10 ] three part split mould with collar base plate and clamp for 38 mm dia x 756 mm long specimen set of drained test on 38 mm dia specimen perforated pressure pad complete with pvc connnecting tube 1 no and set of porous stone • pore water pressure apparatus ( 0 1000kpa ) pore water pressure apparatus mounted on a steel panel, fitted with pressure gauge, mercury manometer, brass scale graduated 50 0 50 cm., drainage burette 50 ml, null indicator with copper coil, piston pump ( hand operated ) and water reservoir. pressure range 0 1000 kpa • lateral pressure assembly ( 0 10 kg / cm2 ) it is a steel chamber that can be pressurized to the required pressure with foot pump. it has a pressure gauge, water inlet and outlet valve. • proving ring 10 kn capacity • dial gauge 0.01 x 25mm accessories: for i ) attachment for ext raction of 3 samples of 38mm ( 1.5inches ) from core cutter of 100 mm ( 4inches ) . ii ) attachment for extraction of 7samples of 38 mm ( 1.5 inches ) dia from a mould of 150 mm ( 6inch ) dia 1.073 i. made of aluminum body, telescopic in 3 pcs, 4 m in length packed in canvas cover, graduated in meters, dm, cm and mm with white background and black strips , 5 mm thick with suitable locking arrangement 1.074 i. open cross staff: made of metallic head having four metal arms provided with two pairs of vertical slit giving two lines of sight at right angles made up of either brass or any allow that cannot rust. the brass is provided with hollow conical socket at the center that can be mounted on the top of wooden staff , fitted with a pointed iron shoe at the bottom. 1.075 with re chargable adopter. that allow you to take area and line measurement from maps and other sources with an accuracy within 2% suitable for a wide range of application including construction, packed in original case with instruction manual. 1.076 consists of brass / suitable metal hollow box having open face about 6 x 3 cm and closed about 2 x 3 cm and deep about 4 cm to 5cm. provided with a brass handle about 8 cm in length. two mirrors fixed at an angle of 45 degrees to the inclined sides of the box. 1.077 indian made alidade 175 mm with erect image 5 min with leveling attachment 1.078 best quality indian made plane table size 75 cm x 60 cm complete with tripod stand, trough compass in wooden case, 15cm spirit level, 60 75 cm long folding alidade and u fork with plumb bob 1.079 : circular ranging rod preferably with 3 5 cm in diameter made up of metal conduit pipes of length 2 3 meter with conical metallic shoe fitted at bottom and fully painted with 20 cm long colour bands of either of the following combinations – black & white and red & white 1.080 consisting of a fixed number of straight links of galvanised mild steel wire 4 mm in thickness, the end of each link are bent into a loop and connected together by means of three circular shape rings. the joints of rings may open or welded preferably welded. the ends of the chain are provide with brass handles which is linked with the chain by swivel joints; length of the link is 200 mm, each meter is provided with with a circular brass ring and each five meter length is provide brass tallies of requisite shape. each chain should be provided with 15 nos of m.s. arrows of 4 mm diameter bar and 40 cm height. refer: is: 1492 1970 • 30 m chain consisting of a fixed number of straight links of galvanised mild steel wire 4 mm in thickness, the end of each link are bent into a loop and connected together by means of three circular shape rings. the joints of rings may open or welded preferably welded. the ends of the chain are provide with brass handles which is linked with the chain by swivel joints; length of the link is 200 mm, each meter is provided with with a circular brass ring and each five meter length is provide brass tallies of requisite shape. each chain should be provided with 15 nos of m.s. arrows of 4 mm diameter bar and 40 cm height. refer: is: 1492 1970 • 30 m chain consisting of a fixed number of straight links of galvanised mild steel wire 4 mm in thickness, the end of each link are bent into a loop and connected together by means of three circular shape rings. the joints of rings may open or welded preferably welded. the ends of the chain are provide with brass handles which is linked with the chain by swivel joints; length of the link is 200 mm, each meter is provided with with a circular brass ring and each five meter length is provide brass tallies of requisite shape. each chain should be provided with 15 nos of m.s. arrows of 4 mm diameter bar and 40 cm height. refer: is: 1492 1970 • 30 m chain consisting of a fixed number of straight links of galvanised mild steel wire 4 mm in thickness, the end of each link are bent into a loop and connected together by means of three circular shape rings. the joints of rings may open or welded preferably welded. the ends of the chain are provide with brass handles which is linked with the chain by swivel joints; length of the link is 200 mm, each meter is provided with with a circular brass ring and each five meter length is provide brass tallies of requisite shape. each chain should be provided with 15 nos of m.s. arrows of 4 mm diameter bar and 40 cm height. refer: is: 1492 1970 • 30 m chain consisting of a fixed number of straight links of galvanised mild steel wire 4 mm in thickness, the end of each link are bent into a loop and connected together by means of three circular shape rings. the joints of rings may open or welded preferably welded. the ends of the chain are provide with brass handles which is linked with the chain by swivel joints; length of the link is 200 mm, each meter is provided with with a circular brass ring and each five meter length is provide brass tallies of requisite shape. each chain should be provided with 15 nos of m.s. arrows of 4 mm diameter bar and 40 cm height. refer: is: 1492 1970 • 30 m chain 1.081 made of pvc ; 30 m long 1.082 1. made of brass, size 150mm dia. 2. fitted with quality agate stone. 3. aluminum floating circle 4. graduated to read 30 minutes ( 0.5 degree ) . 5. automatic lifter 6. rreflecting mirror fitted on the sight vane. 7. slow motion type prism reader fitted with colored glasses green and red. 8. packed in pvc case. 9. supplied with aluminum tripod having ball and socket head made of aluminum 10. complete with all accessories as per is specification no. is 1957 1961. 1.083 magnification : 28x. image : erect. objective aperture : 42mm. resolving power : 3.5”. minimum focus distance: 0.3m. levelling accuracy standard deviation for 1km double run leveling 1.5mm. compensator: : magnetic damping system. working range : + / 15’ setting accuracy : 0.5” sensitivity of circular level: 10’ / 2mm. water protection : ipx6 or better. aluminum telescopic tripod. : 1no aluminum telescopic staff 5mtrs. length : 2nos. the minimum following accessories should be supplied with the instrument. lens cap, plumb bob, vinyl cover, tool kit, carrying case and operation manual. 1.084 magnification : 28x. image : erect. resolving power : 3.5”. objective aperture : 36mm. minimum focus distance : 1.5m. height accuracy standard deviation for 1km double run leveling: 1.5mm. electronic measurement range : 100m. data storage : 2000 sets of points or more. data download : usb cable. ( from instrument to computer ) power supply: operating voltage : 7.2v dc. rechargeable battery : lithium ion rechargeable type. operating time. : 8 hrs or more. battery charger : quick type. compensator: magnetic damping system. working range : more than 15’. sensitivity of circular level : 10’ / 2mm. display : lcd type. 1. aluminum telescopic tripod: 1no. 2. aluminium bar code staffs ( 5 mtrs. length ) : 2nos. 3. usb data transfer cable. 1no. the minimum following accessories should be supplied with the instrument. dust cover, tool kit, carrying case and all relevant manuals. 1.085 angular measurement: angular accuracy: 7” or better; least count: 5” or better. laser range: 50meter or better. telescope: magnification: 30x; objective aperture: 45mm; image : erect; minimum focus: 0.9m. optical plummet: mag 3x. display: both faces accessories: aluminium telescopic tripod: 1no. the minimum following accessories should also be supplied with the instrument: lr6 / aa batteries ( x4 ) , lens cap, plumb bob, tool kit, shoulder strap, carrying case and all relevant manuals. 1.086 telescope: magnification : 30x or better image : erect angular measurement: angular accuracy : 5” or better least count : 1” or better distance measurement: distance range with single prism : 4 kms or better ( under normal conditions ) laser output in prism mode : class1 ( safe for human eye ) distance accuracy in prism mode : 2mm 2ppm or better general: display : dual face alpha numeric keyboard ( identical display ) trigger key : for quick measurement. guide light : for speeding up setting out tasks. compensator : type: dual axis / range: 6’ or more. battery : rechargeable battery ( operational time approx. 35 hrs. ) : 1no. quick charger. : 1no. dust & water proof protection : ip66 or better. optical plummet : 3x or better weight with handle & battery : 5 kgs or more. memory management system with multiple data interfaces as: internal memory : approx 10, 000 points or more. plug in memory device : usb flash memory accessories: aluminium telescopic tripod. : 1no single prism assembly consisting of : 1no range pole, prism, target plate, spirit bubble, tripod all in carrying cases. data communication software : 1no the minimum following application software should be loaded in the instrument. topography, resection, ( setting out of co ordinates, line, arcs ) , area calculation, etc. 1.087 system: 12 channel ( l1code ) ; miscrosoft windows mobile 6.1 operating system or equivalent; 533 mhz samsung processor with 128 mb ram and better or its equivalent; 128 mb non volatile flash data storage; microsd memory card slot; qvga display sunlight readable; colour touch screen; internally rechargeable & removable li ion battery; integrated speaker, microphone and audio jack gps: should have integrated high sensitivity gps / sbas receiver and antenna; 1 3 m accuracy after post processing, stand alone accuracy 5 to 8 m; nmea and sirf protocol support accessories: usb data cable; stylus, rechargeable li ion battery, gps office software [ field proven software with powerful functionality for productive gis data collection and maintenance with following features – quick point data collection mode for easy productive one click data capture, conditional attributes dynamically adapting data capture forms, customizable user interface simplified field operation, quick navigation to features or waypoints, seamless gnss control in the field for high quality position data 1.088 150 – 200 mm long; 25 mm square c / s; tapered at one end 1.089 each arrow: 4 mm dia steel wire; 400 mm long; bent hook or ring at one end; tapered to a point at the other; 1.090 mallet of 18 length with 6x4x4 head made of sal wood 1.091 spectrophotometer the reference beam spectrophotometer instrument shall be a multi wavelength portable cum benchtop spectrophotometer designed for laboratory analysis of multiple analyte. the wavelength range of the instrument shall be 340 to 900 nm with accuracy of ±1.5 nm from 340 to 900 nm, resolution of 1 nm, and bandwidth of 5 nm. the instrument, depending on the test selection, shall automatically select the wavelength readout modes shall include transmittance %, absorbance, and concentration the instrument shall be capable of measuring the following substances or characteristics: alachlor; aluminum; arsenic; atrazine; barium; benzotriazole; boron; bromine; cadmium; chloride; chlorine dioxide; chlorine; chromium; cobalt; color; copper; cyanide; cyanuric acid; dissolved oxygen; fluoride; formaldehyde; hardness; hydrazine; iodine; iron; lead; manganese; mercury; molybdenum / molybdate; monochloramines; nickel; nitrogen ( as ammonia, nitrate, nitrite, total nitrogen, total kjeldahl nitrogen ) ; chemical oxygen demand; oxygen scavengers; ozone; polychlorinated biphenyls; phenols; phosphonates; phosphorus; potassium; quaternary ammonium compounds; selenium; silica; silver; sulfate; sulfide; surfactants; suspended solids; tannin and lignin; total organic carbon; tolyltriazole; total petroleum hydrocarbons; trihalomethanes; toxicity; volatile acids; and zinc. the following tests shall conform to usepa compliant methods: arsenic; chlorine ( free ) ; chlorine ( total ) ; chlorine dioxide; chromium ( hexavalent ) ; copper; fluoride; iron ( total ) ; lead; manganese; nickel; nitrogen ( ammonia ) ; nitrogen ( nitrite ) ; chemical oxygen demand; phenols; phosphorus ( reactive ) ; phosphorus ( total ) ; sulfate; sulfide; and zinc. the instrument should have facility of onscreen step by step guide for pre programmed methods. instrument should have facility to eliminiate false readings due to scratched , flawed or dirty glasswares by taking 10 readings and eliminating outliers. the interface of the instrument shall be graphical with touch screen. the instrument shall provide graphical display and be capable of printing test results. the instrument shall be equipped with storage capacity for 500 data points ( date, time, results, sample id, user id ) and 50 user defined calibrations. instrument should have one usb ports & one port for print . information stored in the instrument shall be capable of being downloaded in standard report format. the instrument shall be capable of accepting 1 in. ( 25 mm ) round cells / vials, 1 in. square cells, 13 mm round vials, 16 mm round vials, 1 x 5 cm cells, 1 cm square cells. power requirement shall be line voltage as well as battery operation. the instrument shall be warranted for one full year against defects in materials and workmanship. scope of supply should include adapter matched pair of 1 in. square glass sample cells, light shield, dust cover, user manual and procedures on cd, and benchtop power supply with 115 and 230v power cords technical specification • optical system: reference beam, spectral • wavelength range: 340 to 1100 nm • operating mode: transmittance ( % ) , absorbance and concentration, scanning • wavelength accuracy: ± 1.5 nm ( wavelength range 340 to 900 nm ) • wavelength calibration: automatic • wavelength reproducibility: ± 0.1 nm • wavelength resolution: 1 nm • wavelength selection: automatic, based on method selection • beam height: 10 mm • data logger: 2000 measured values ( result, date, time, sample id, user id ) • interfaces: usb type a ( more than 1 ) , usb type b, ethernet • sample cell compatibility: 13 mm round, 16 mm round, 1 cm & 5 cm rectangular, 1 round, 1 square • user programs: 50 • display: tft • display size: more than 6 inch • display type: touch screen • instrument enclosure rating: ip40** ** except for the usb / network connection • max. storage humidity: max. 80 % max. humidity ( non condensing ) • operating conditions ( relative humidity ) : max. 80 % max. humidity ( non condensing ) • operating conditions ( temperature ) : 10 °c to 40 °c • power requirements: with external power supply • power supply: benchtop power supply, 110 240 v; 50 / 60 hz 1.092 turbidimeter accessories: flow cell kit, cell adapter kits, sample degassing kit accuracy: ± 2 % of reading plus 0.01 ntu from 0 to 1000 ntu ±5% of reading from 1000 to 4000 ntu air purge: 0.1 scfm at 69 kpa , hose barb connection for 1 / 8 in tubing, maximum 138 kpa. dry nitrogen or instrument grade air. compliance certifications: ul / csa display type: 8 digit led display interface: rs232 serial ( bi directional ) manual languages: english max. operating humidity: 90 measurement modes: ntu, ebc, nephelo operating temperature range: 0 to 40 °c power requirements: 115 to 230 vac; 50 to 60 hz; 60 va maximum range: 0 to 4000 ntu range 2: with ratio on regulatory: usepa method 180.1 repeatability: ± 1 % of reading or ± 0.01 ntu, whichever is greater resolution: 0.001 on lowest range response time: 6.8 s with signal averaging off; 14 s with signal averaging on sample cell compatibility: 25mm round; 12, 13, 16, and 19 mm round with optional adapter kit source lamp: tungsten lamp storage conditions: 40 °c to 60 °c user interface languages: english warranty: 2 years 1.093 measuring range: 0.005 0.010 0.025 0.05 0.10 0.25 0.50 mg / l as ( mquant / spectroquant or equivalent ) 1.094 do meter with additional conductivity probe: 1. instrument should be supplied with meter and optical technology based dissolved oxygen probe, 1m cable, bod bottle & stopper for calibration, meter stand. 2. do measurement range: 0.05 – 20.0 mg / l 3. conductivity range: 0.01 μs / cm – 200.0 ms / cm 4. instrument should be portable type, operation on battery as well as on power. 5. meter should be capable of measuring ph, conductivity, tds, salinity, orp, ises etc with suitable probe ( optional ) . 6. data memory: 500 points. 7. data export: download via usb connection to pc or flash memory device. automatically transfer entire data log or as readings are taken. 1.095 flocculator ( jar test apparatus coated steel uniframe chassis, stainless steel 1” x 3” paddles four ( 4 ) numbers are spaced six inches apart and are adjustable to a maximum depth of nine inches. led illumination is built into the jar tester base to provide soft, diffused lighting of samples being tested, eliminating the blinding glare. paddle speeds from 5 to 300 rpm in 1 rpm increments and run times from 1 second to 59 minutes, 59 seconds in 1 second increments. are 24v and operate on 120v or 220v power sources with adapter and power cords ( included ) 1.096 cod digestor ( it will be used in conjunction with spectophotometer ) cod digestor 1. the digestion reactor shall be a bench top instrument for heating prepared samples to temperature for the designated time for the test. 2. the instrument shall have a programmable temperature range of 37 to 165°c. 3. the instrument shall have a programmable timer range of 0 to 480 minutes. 4. the instrument shall have a heating rate of 20 to 150°c in 10 minutes. 5. opearating temp: 10 45°c. 6. tempearture stability: 1°c 7. compliance: ce, gs, ctuvs 8. the instrument should be able to accommodate 15 no. of vials dia 16mm each. 5. the instrument shall be equipped with stored digestion programs for cod and toc. 6. the instrument shall accommodate 16 mm and or 20 mm vials. 7. the power requirements of the instrument shall be 100 240 vac, 50 / 60 hz 1.097 features: 1. providing fast and accurate results. 2. microprocessor p.i.d. temperature control. 3. cfc free refrigerant. 4. digital display temperature. 5. safety thermostat specifications: temperature range 5 to 60°c temperature accuracy + / 0.5°c temperature uniformity + / 0.5°c power 220 volt temperature control microprocessor control cabinet m.s. steel powder coated inner chamber stainless steel shelves 3 stainless steel insulation polyurethane foam inner clear door yes cooling cfc free refrigerant r134a heating system u shaped s. s. nichrome wire air heater air circulation fan or blower door lock 1 display led / lcd 1.098 air tight bottles 1.099 particulate size: tsp, pm10, pm2.5 pmc flow range: 1 25 slpm sampling interval: upto 24hr sampling. operating temperature: 0°c to 50°c ambient temp sensor: accuracy + / 0.15°c.barometric pressure sensor: range 450 mmhg to 1200 mmhg, accuracy + / 10 mmhg.range: 0 25 liters per minute power requirements: 120 / 240vac, 50 / 60hz. usb: for data download of run time data and history data particulate size: tsp, pm10, pm2.5 pmc flow range: 1 25 slpm sampling interval: upto 24hr sampling. operating temperature: 0°c to 50°c ambient temp sensor: accuracy + / 0.15°c.barometric pressure sensor: range 450 mmhg to 1200 mmhg, accuracy + / 10 mmhg.range: 0 25 liters per minute power requirements: 120 / 240vac, 50 / 60hz. usb: for data download of run time data and history data particulate size: tsp, pm10, pm2.5 pmc flow range: 1 25 slpm sampling interval: upto 24hr sampling. operating temperature: 0°c to 50°c ambient temp sensor: accuracy + / 0.15°c.barometric pressure sensor: range 450 mmhg to 1200 mmhg, accuracy + / 10 mmhg.range: 0 25 liters per minute power requirements: 120 / 240vac, 50 / 60hz. usb: for data download of run time data and history data particulate size: tsp, pm10, pm2.5 pmc flow range: 1 25 slpm sampling interval: upto 24hr sampling. operating temperature: 0°c to 50°c ambient temp sensor: accuracy + / 0.15°c.barometric pressure sensor: range 450 mmhg to 1200 mmhg, accuracy + / 10 mmhg.range: 0 25 liters per minute power requirements: 120 / 240vac, 50 / 60hz. usb: for data download of run time data and history data 1.100 1. burette ( rotaflow ) 50ml 10 nos 2. pipette ( 1ml, 2ml, 5ml, 10ml, 25ml ) 10 nos for each 3. pipette sucker 5 nos 4. conical flask ( 100ml, 250ml, 500ml ) 5 nos each 5. volumetric flask ( 250 ml 500ml, 1000ml ) 4 nos each 6. measuring cylinder ( 10ml, 25ml, 50ml, 100ml, 500ml, ) 4 nos each 7. beaker ( 50ml, 100ml, 250ml, 500ml, 1000ml ) 6 nos each 8. glass rod 5 nos 9. dropper 5 10. measuring cylinder ( 1000ml ) 2 nos 11. burette stand ( plastic ) [ standard size ] 5 nos 1.101 whatman 42 or equivalent; circular 125 mm diameter, supplied in packet of 100 piece 1.102 tissue paper roll 100 g one roll 1.103 least count 1 mg range: 0 500g, with lithium ion battery including adapter for electrical operation led display 1.104 least count 1g range: 0 2kg, with lithium ion battery including adapter for electrical operation led display 1.105 least count 1g range: 0 20 kg, with lithium ion battery including adapter for electrical operation led display 1.106 lest count 0.1 mm 1.107 the trimmer is designed for preparing test specimens for triaxial shear testing of soil.it consists of : i ) frame assembly with adjustable vertical guide.ii ) wire saw.iii ) trimming knife.iv ) set of gripper plates for 38 mm, 50 mm, 75 mm and 100 mm dia specimens. 1.108 the samplers to be used should have area ratio less than 13 percent and preferably less than 10 percent. the head should have check valve and ports to permit easy escape of drilling fluid or air from the sample tube as the sample enters it. sampling will be accomplished by jacking or driving the tube depending on the type consisting of rack type sample extractor 1no; split mould 38 mm dia x 76 mm long 1 no; split mould 38 mm dia x 85 mm long 1 no; sampling tube 38 mm dia x 150 mm long 1 no, sampling tube 38 mm dia x 200 mm long 1 no; jarring link small with adapter for sampling tubes 1 nos 1.109 universal extractor frame, manually operated complete. comprised of a frame adopter plate and plungers and plunger adopter for 38 75 100 and 150 mm dia specimen. a frame for extracting three 38 mm dia samples from a 100 mm dia sampling tube is also provided 1.110 funnel 70 mm in dia : 2 nos , made of pvc 1.111 75, 100, 125 and 150 ml. 4 nos of each category comprises a set. made of porcelene with spout 1.112 sodium hexaphosphate or a mixture of sodium hydroxide and sodium carbonate or any other dispersing agent ( 500 g each in two separate bottle ) 1.113 made of gi sheet of 18 gauge or higher ( dia 30 cm and 30 cm deep ) 1.114 i ) graduated cylinders with pour out ( 25, 50, 100, 250, 500 & 1000 ml capacity ) 3 nos of each type; pvc turson or standard quality ii ) graduated cylinders with stopper ( 25, 50, 100, 250, 500 & 1000 ml capacity ) – 3 nos of each type; glass borosil iii ) volumetric flasks, stoppered ( 100, 250, 500 ml ) – 4 nos of each category ; pvc turson or standard quality iv ) volumetric flasks, stoppered ( 100, 250, 500 ml ) – 4 nos of each category ; glass borosil 1.115 450 mm2, 9 mm thick 1.116 30 cm length of standard quality 1.117 20 cm length with wooden handle 1.118 20 cm length made of stainless steel 1.119 non corrodible air tight moisture can, made of aluminium, number engraved at lid and container body 1.120 – 250, 500, 1000 ml capacity of pvc tarson or eqeuivalent ; set comprised of 4 nos of bottle of each category. 1.121 50, 100 ml capacity made of glass . a set comprised of 4 nos of bottle of each category. 1.122 75, 100, 150, 200, 300 ml capacity of porcelain 1.123 15, 30, 50 , 100 ml capacity ( each set comprised of 5 nos of crucibles of each capacity ) 1.124 900 mm x 900mm 20 gauge with handle 1.125 200mm x 200 mm of 20 gauge 1.126 made of tata or equivalent 250 mm with handle 1.127 made of tata or equivalent of with handle 1.128 made of tata or equivalent 200 mm of with handle 1.129 capacity 15 ml 25 ml and 60 ml pvc made 3 each comprises a set 1.130 1. 250mm dia , 2. material pp / pc 3. tarsons 1.131 10 , 25 50 100 ml capacity made of glass borosil make a set 1.132 liquid limit device, motorised the device is identical to the above but is fitted with a f.h.p. motor to drive the operating mechanism of cup at 120 rpm ensuring uniformity in performing test. works on 220 v, 50 hz, single phase, and is supplied with grooving tool type ‘a to c’ and gauge block as per is :9259, is:2720 ( part v ) with additional 2 nos. spare belt 1.133 ( bosch / black and decker or any standard make ) – including standard drill bit for making grooves on brickwork, concrete, metal surface 1.134 standard spatula as per is:269 1958 40 mm size made of stainless steel with handle of specified shape, dimensions and weight. 1.135 1 / 2 to 1 cft capacity made of gi sheet 1.136 9 pieces set 1.5 mm, 2 mm, 2.5 mm, 3.0 mm , 4.0 mm, 5.0mm, 6.0mm, 8.00 mm, 10.00mm 1.137 10 inch long of reputed make 1.138 10 inch long of reputed make 1.139 5 nos of detachable blades [ at least 125 mm long ] with cellulose accetate plastic handle fully insulated and shock proof, distinct glow neon lamp taparia make 1.140 about 8 inch long of reputed make 1.141 extension chord ( 30 m length ) – 5 nos 15 / 5 amp switch of standard make with 6 amp mcb 1.142 trowel is:4031 1968, is:10086 1982 the trowel blade of thickness 1.5mm and100 to150mm long with straight edges and a wooden handle ( wt 210 g ± 10 g ) 1.143 cube moulds mould, m. steel, for 70.6mm cube as per is: 10080 1982 ... 6 nos , weight: must be 6.5 kg or more. should be isi mark. these cube moulds are made of steel. the tolerance between faces is maintained at ±0.1 mm and planeness is +0.03mm. cube moulds carry isi mark. 1.144 cube mould ( 150mm ) with i.s.i mark as per is:10086 1982 .... 12 nos cube mould made of cast iron having an internal size of 150 mm with a tolerance of +0.2 and planeness of +0.03 mm tolerence. cube moulds are isi marked. 1.145 cylindrical mould 150 mm dia. x 300 mm high, cast iron. ... 6 nos [ in new polytechnic nos of all the three items will be as per the numbers mentioned. but in old polytechnic number will be fixed as per requirement keeping specifications unaltered. 1.146 desiccator complete with desiccator plate ( glass ) 300 mm dia complete with desiccator plate 1.147 burnt mobile 1.148 ring spanner set ( 12 pieces ) make taparia or equivalent pack of 2 1.149 cotton waste 1.150 freemans steel measuring tape 5 meter x 16 mm with level measuring [ with inbuilt spirit level 1.151 conical beaker of 1 litre capacitym glass 1.152 griffin low form beakers with pour out forgeneral laboratory use ( 25, 50, 100, 250, 500 & 1000 ml capacity ) each having 3 nos of each variety funnel _buchner or hirch about 70 mm in dia : 2 nos filter flask 500ml ( 4 nos ) ; measuring cylinder – 100ml capacity ( 4 nos ) ; glass filter bottle 100mm in dia ( 4 nos ) ; filter paper ( 6 packet ) ; glass rod 3 mm in dia and 150 200 mm long; ( 4 nos ) : will comprise a set 1.153 cooling water consumption 60 liter / hr biological activity pyrogen free ph 6 7 conductivity s / cm <3 × 10 6 distillate temperature 65 75◦c. the surfaces coming in contact with water should be such that metallic contamination is avoided. a water inlet valve is a part of the still for connecting to a tap. an overflow is also provided to maintain the water at proper level. the still has4 litre / hour distillation capacity, suitable for operation on 220 v, 50 hz, single phase supply along with all necessary accessories and installation and commissioning complete. 1.154 it is easier to carry the machine at various floors due to its light weight body. this machine is powered by 1h.p. electric motor or can also be used manually operated. type : tilting or manualcapacity: 30lthickness of drum cone in mm: 3mmdrum: prepared from mild steel balance on heavy duty housing & rotates on a fixed shaft with double ball bearingframe and chassis: rigid all steel constructiontransmission : v belt & pulleypowered by: hand driven / electric motorsteel wheel in mm: 300 500approx weight in basic machine in kg: 160 diamention: 195mmx790mmx1370mm. rpm: 24rpm phase: single, ac 50, 220v 1.155 curing tank for 12nos 150mm cube moulds. temp: 10°c to 100°c with cooling and heating system. 1.156 portable conductivity / resistivity / salinity / tds meter the built in data memory ( 1000 items ) automatic calibration and calibration interval alarm function usable with single point calibration and usa / nist standard solutions. electrical resistivity / total dissolved solids / salt content conversion functions automatic range switching, automatic temperature conversion, and unit switching functions interval measurement function sample id no. setting function clock function and auto power off function usable with aaa alkaline batteries, ni mh batteries, or adapter. ip67 compliant waterproof and dustproof structure*accuracy of ±1 % of fs ± 1 digit & range from 0.1 μs to 100 ms in 6 decadic ranges , temperature range 0°c to 100 °c with 0.1°c resolution 1.157 portable ph meter the built in data memory ( 100 points ) automatic calibration and calibration interval alarm function usable with both single / multi point calibration and usa / nist standard solutions. automatic range switching, automatic temperature conversion, and unit switching functions interval measurement function sample id no. setting function clock function and auto power off function usable with aaa alkaline batteries, ni mh batteries. ip67 compliant waterproof and dustproof structure*. withph range from 0 14, resolution 0.01 ph temp ranges 0°c to 100 °c having 0.1°c resolution. should be supplied with calibration standard etc 1.158 automatic soil compaction machine as per i.s. : 2720 ( part vii & viii ) the automatic soil compactor replaces the hand compaction procedure as specified for dry density / moisture content relationship of soil. both light and heavy compaction tests can be performed by this machine using either 100 mm dia or 150 mm dia compaction moulds. the height of drop of the 50 mm dia rammer can be set either at 310 mm or 450 mm as per requirement. the machine is provided with a standard rammer weighing 2.6 kg for conducting light compaction and its weight can be increased to 4.89 kg for heavy compaction test by attaching additional rod supplied along with it. while using 100 mm dia mould the rammer carriage is locked in one position and the total area of the mould is compacted in about 25 strokes. the number of strokes i.e. 25 can be programmed, which are digitally displayed. locking during the course of test in this stage is through high force solenoids. a selector switch is provided on the control panel for selection between 100 mm dia mould or 150 mm dia mould. for 150 mm dia mould the rammer carriage shifts radially by 25 mm to give about 8 blows within the diameter of 100 mm and 17 blows beyond 100 mm dia that is between 100 mm and 150 mm. this sequence is repeated till the rammer completes 55 blows after which the machine automatically stops. safety features like safety lever for preventing rammer falling when the door is open, total cover for moving parts, m.c.b. for overload protection are provided as standard. i ) diameter of the rammer 50mm ii ) weight of the rammer 2.60 kg for light compaction and 4.89 kg for heavy compaction. iii ) height of fall of rammer 310 mm and 450 mm iv ) wired for 220 volts, single phase, 50 hz supply. 1.159 1. maximum surface temperature is 300°c.2. available in complete mild steel & stainless steel body.3. round & rectangular model.specifications:1. rectangular model: 30 x 45 cms.2. capacity ( watts ) : 20003. body: mild steel4. heater: 80 / 20 nichrome wire coil with ceramics beeds5. control: 3 heat switch / energy regulator / thermostat6. heat: up time 30 minutes from ambient7. surface: cast iron / stainless steel 1.160 length gauge conforms to is:2386 ( part i ) used for determination of elongation index of aggregate.length gauge with isi certification mark is:2386 ( part i ) , it consists of a metal plate on which 8 steel pins are vertically mounted with specified distances in between. this assembly is mounted on a hardwood base 1.161 thickness gauge conforms to is 2386 ( part i ) consists of a metal plate made of steel having slots as per provision of code 1.162 survey umbrella 1.163 standard vernier theodolite with erect image, optical plummet alongwith aluminium stand and with the following specifications in wooden box. accuracy 20 seconds. erect image using prism. optical plummet system embedded in circle. minimum focus 1.5 m, stadia ration 1: 100 ( constant ) : resolving power 4 or better; plate level sensitivity 45 / 2 mm or better ; vertical circle level 1 / 2 mm or better; length of telescope 178 mm approx circle, carrying case [ as per indian standard ] fitted with high sensitive bubbles. kept in wooden box with all the accessories. folding aluminium stand in canvas cover. with erect image having optical plummet arrangement. 1.164 double ended spanner set make taparia or equivalent 12 pieces makes a set 1.165 electrical table saw small 1.166 200 amp igbt arc welding machine dc inverter 1.167 classic arc 300 two phase and three phase amps mosfet welding 1.168 welders goggles 1.169 auto darkening welding helmet 1.170 chipping chisel 1.171 wire brush 1.172 hammer 1 / 2 kg 1.173 electrical portable hacksaw 120 v / 60 hz 1.174 maechanical work gloves 2 electronics and telecommunication items : 2.001 50 mhz dual channel cro. • automatic measurements of signal parameters like .pk pk, average, max. , min., rms, top etc. voltages and frequency, period, width, duty cycle, rise time, fall rime • waveform and set up storage facility. • colour display. • advanced features like sequential acquisition of up to 1000 trigger events should be possible. • standard usb host & device connectivity. • standard 23 2.002 function generator i ) it should be a waveform / function generator which can be upgraded to an arbitrary waveform generator . it may also have the feature upgrade the frequency of operation ii ) should have low harmonic distortion and jitter. detailed technical specification: • frequenc : 1 hz. to 20 mhz for sine , square and pulse waveforms and 1 hz. to 20 mhz. for noise • no. of channels : 1 • frequency resolution : 1 hz. • amplitude : 1 mvpk pk to 10 v ( pk pk ) in 50 ohms. • duty cycle for pulse : 0.01 % to 99.99 % • standard waveforms: sine, square, ramp, pulse, triangle, • operating modes: continuous, modulate, . . • modulation types: am, fm, pm, fsk, bpsk, pwm • am : source both internal & external, depth 0 to 120 % with 0.01 % resolution. • fm : source both internal & external, deviation 1hz to 15 mhz • pm : source both internal & external, deviation 0 to 360 deg c. • pwm : source both internal & external. deviation 0 % to 100 %. • power supply : 230 v, 50 hz. ac. 2.003 digital multimeter dc voltage:400mv to 1000v , ac voltage: 400mv to 1000v, dc current: 4ma to 10a, ac current: 4ma to 10a, resistance: 100 ohm to 40mohm, resistance: 100 ohm to 40mohm, capacitance: 4nf to 200μf, duty cycle: 0.1% to 99.9%, frequency: 10hz to 10mhz, temperature: 20oc to 750oc, transistor test: yes ( for npn & pnp ) , diode test: yes, continuing buzzer: yes, power supply: 9v, manual and auto ranging, display: 4½ digit 2.004 50 mhz dual trace cro bandwidth : 50mhz realtime sample rate :500msa / s ( single channel ) equivalent sample rate :50gsa / s number of channels :2 ch +1 ext memory depth :32kpts ( single channel ) acquisition modes :normal / average / peak detect average : selectable from 4 to 256 vertical sensitivity :2mv / div 10v / div vertical resolution : 8 bitsi nput impedance :1 mw ±2% ii 17 pf ±3 pf input coupling : dc, ac and gnd maximum input voltage: ±400vpp trigger sources :ch1, ch2, ext, ext / 5, ac line trigger modes :auto, normal, single trigger type :edge, pulse width, slope, video, alternate auto measure: fov shoot, rpre shoot, fpre shoot, rise time, fall time, freq, period, vpp, vmax, vmin, vamp, vtop, vbase, vavg, mean, crms, vrms, rovshoot, + wid, wid, +dut, dut, bwid, phase, cursor measure: manual, track and auto measure mode sin x / x, linear storage :internal : 2 reference waveforms, 20 waveforms and 20 setupsusb : bmp, csv, waveforms, setups communication port : usb host, usb device, rs232, pass / fail sample types : real time and equivalent time fft : window: hanning, hamming, blackman, rectangular measure display modes main, window, window zoom, scan, x y menu display :2 sec, 5 sec, 10 sec, 20 sec, infinite a pair of robes and accessories and mannuals. n.b.:repair and calibration facility of the instrument should exist within india 2.005 variable dc power supply dual supply , 0v to 30v , 2a ; ±3 to ±15v , 1a; 5v, 5a fixed, digital display. 2.006 diode trainer kit mains power : 230 v ac, 50 hz , variable dc power supply 0v to 12v / 500ma dc power supply for dpm 5v / 500ma, diodes: in4001 to 4007, dr25, by127 , zener diodes: 3.9vz, 5.1vz, 8.2vz digital meters for measuring voltage and current provision for add on components. all inputs / outputs through 2mm socket with provision of digital multimeter for measuring input and output 2.007 to study the rectifier with and without capacitor filter for : — ( a ) half wave rectifier, ( b ) full wave rectifier, ( c ) bridge rectifier transformer rating : 9 v center tapped ( 300 ma ) ; half wave rectifier o / p : +4 v dc , center tapped rectifier o / p : +8 v dc , bridge rectifier o / p : +8 v dc , filter : lc type , load :variable resistance 1kω , 0.5 w ; ammeter : range : 1μa to 200 ma ; voltmeter : range 1 mv to 200v; 2.008 to study the output waveform of push pull amplifier for class a, class b & class ab operations dc power supply fixed : +12 v , 12 v, +5 v , 5 v in built sine wave generator with frequency : 10 hz 100 khz , amplitude : 0 to 5 v pp 2.009 to study the fet characteristics trainer dc power supply : ±12 v , fet : j112a, voltmeter range : 200 mv to 200 v , ammeter range : 2 ma to 200 ma, display : 3 and 1 / 2 digit 2.010 to determine frequency response characteristics of rc coupled amplifier circuit and calculation of bandwidth, midband gain, input impedance and output impedance for : ( a ) single stage amplifier ( b ) double stage amplifier the single board trainer kit should contain on board dc variable power supply : ±12v dc ; 2 nos ammeter : range : 1μa to 200 ma ; 2 nos voltmeter : range 1 mv to 200v; signal generator ( 10 hz to 10 mhz, p p voltage minimum 1mv ) , necessary active & passive components for performing – low frequency, mid frequency and high frequency responses. 2.011 fet characteristic trainer kit dual variable dc power supplies 0v to 5v / 500ma and 0v to 12v / 500ma , dc power supply for dpm 5v / 500ma, one gate and drain resistor , one standard fet , digital meters for measuring voltage and current , set of patch chords & user manual . 2.012 mosfet characteristics trainer kit dual variable dc power supplies 0v to 5v / 500ma and 0v to 12v / 500ma dc power supply for dpm 5v / 500m, one gate and drain resistor , mosfet ( say 3n187 ) , digital meters for measuring voltage and current , set of patch chords & user manual . 2.013 shunt and series regulator trainer kit for following plots: line regulation and load regulation variable dc power supply 1.2v to 12v / 500m, a variable load resistor, transistor series voltage regulator circuit and transistor shunt voltage regulator circuit. all inputs / outputs through 2mm sockets set of patch chords & user manual 2.014 to study the v i characteristics of ujt trainer kit. variable dc power supply 1.2v to 12v / 500m, a dc power supply for dpm 5v / 500m, a ujt ( 2n2646 ) ujt characteristics ujt relaxation oscillator with two different timing capacitors , digital meters for measuring voltage and current , set of patch chords & user manual 2.015 to study the input and output characteristics and to find the h parameters of a bjt for : — ( a ) c e configuration, ( b ) c c configuration, ( c ) c b configuration hardware specifications :dual variable dc power supplies 0v to 12v / 500ma and 0v to 15v / 500ma dc power supply for dpm 5v / 500ma independent base limiting resistors 2 nos. ( low value ) independent collector resistor 1 no. transistor ( npn type sl100 ) .all inputs / outputs through 2mm sockets set with provision of digital multimeter for measuring input and output. 2.016 feedback amplifier trainer 12 v dc supply with + / 10% accuracy, configurable circuit, inbuilt sine wave generator with frequency range 10 hz to 10 khz range and amplitude variation 10mv to 4v, npn transistor. voltage series & shunt and current series & shunt configurable operation. 2.017 tuned amplifier trainer 12 v dc supply with + / 10% accuracy, configurable circuit, inbuilt standard sine wave generatort with frequency range 10 hz to 10 khz and amplitude variation 10mv to 4v, gang capacitor 2.018 oscillator trainer kit i ) hartley, colpitt , wien bridge oscillator trainer kit : i ) npn transistor ii ) on board oscillator section, separate tank circuit ( iii ) biasing voltage : +12 v , 12 v , +12v smps adaptor provided with the trainer for power supply. designed by considering all the safety standards. provided with an extensive manual. power supply to kit : 230vac, 50hz, all interconnections are made using 2mm banana patch cords 2.019 to determine the following characteristics of op amp: —a ) input offset voltage, b ) slew rate, c ) non inverting gain, d ) inverting gain e ) adder, f ) subtractor, g ) differentiator, h ) integrator and i ) voltage follower to adjust offset null, setup the closed loop amplifier using ic741 op amp also to ( a ) dc gain ( b ) ac gain. the set complete with + / 12v dc regulated power supply with milli voltage source, null arrangement and 2v / 20v dual range digital voltmeter , in built sine wave, triangular wave & square wave generator of 1 khz, 15v vpp ( approx. ) , dc power supply : 0 5 v ( vary through ( 2no. ) rotary switch for specific voltage level 2.020 to study the waveform of ujt as relaxation oscillator. two dc ic regulated power supplies 0 15vdc / 150ma & 0 30vdc / 150ma.three digital meters for voltage & current measurement.one ujt 2n2646 mounted behind the panel. 2.021 to study the characteristics of ic555 timer connected as:a ) astable multivibrator, b ) monostable multivibrator. dc regulated power supplies 0 30vdc / 150ma, in built ic555, all interconnections are made using 2mm banana patch cords , connecting wires 2.022 multi o / p programmable linear dc power supply 32 v / 3 a, 32v / 3 a, 3.3v / 5a fixed, easy operation with up down key, high resolution 10mv, 1ma, over voltage over current protection by software, 50 set memory, self test and software calibration, international safety regulations, auto step running with time setting, tripple o / p, auto tracking, rs232 communication, high stability, low drift, 4 digit display 2.023 digital trainer kit ( experiment 1. to verify the truth table of not, or, and, nand, nor, xor, x nor with ttl logic gates and cmos logic gates. experiment 2. to realize different boolean expressions with logic gates. experiment 3. to realize half adder, full adder, subtractor, parallel and serial full adder. experiment 4 to design 1’s complement, 2’s complement and 9’s complement adder subtractor. ) digital trainer kit: 10 logic level inputs & 10 led for output indication, fixed clock generation of 1hz 1mhz, logic pulsar, logic probe, potentiometers of 1k, 10k 100k, bread board of 1260 tie points, sine, square and triangular output waveform from 0 200khz., fixed dc, variable dc, ac power supply, necessary patch cords and user mannuals. 2.024 complete setup to design / construct programmable up / down counter. trainer kit to design / construct programmable up / down counter. kit with power supply, display unit, patch cords, manuals and necessary ic. 2.025 complete setup to implement encoder, decoder , multiplexer and de multiplexer. 5v d.c. at 100ma, ic regulated power supply, 21 input switches for data input, ic for multiplexing 74150 is provided on board with combinational circuit, ic for demultiplexing 74154 is provided on board with combinational circuit, one not gate is provided on board using 7404 , 16 output leds with driver circuit to observe the output of multiplexer demultiplexer, a pulser to provide the pulses manually for triggering, 230 v ±10% at 50 hz a.c. mains, necessary patch cords and user mannuals. 2.026 complete setup to design controlled shift register and study their function. ic for universal shift register , 5v d.c. at 100ma, ic regulated power supply., 10 nos. spdt switches for inputs, 5. nos. output leds with driver circuit to observe the output.230v ±10% at 50hz a.c. mains, necessary patch cords and user mannuals. 2.027 complete setup to design / construct parity generator, checker and comparator.  dc regulated power supply 5 vdc / 150 ma, 5 spdt switches provided for selecting logic ‘1’ & logic ‘0’, 2 output indicators, sufficient no of 4mm patch cords for interconnection, power cords 230v, 50hz, necessary patch cords and user mannuals. 2.028 complete trainer kit of a to d converters features:analog to digital converter • 8 bit descrete adc • 12 bit monolithic adc ic • on board signal generator with adjustable amplitude levels • on board led bank to observe digital outputs • power supply : +5v, ±12v gnd • interconnection is provided by 2mm connectors • experimental manual 2.029 complete setup to design / construct binary synchronous and asynchronous counter. trainer kit for binary synchronous and asynchronous counter. with power supply, display unit, patch cords, manuals and necessary ic. 2.030 d / a converter trainer technical specification • 8 bit binary weighted and 4 bit ladder type dac are constructed using discrete components • 8 bit monolithic dac having settling time in the range of ns, wide power supply range, low power consumption, full scale error ± 1lsb • 8 bit digital ramp adc constructed using discrete components • 12 bit monolithic adc having conversion time in the range of μs, industry standard pin out, wide input range • 8 onboard switches to provide digital inputs to dac • 8 bit counter running on external clock frequency to study settling time of dac • built in low frequency clock generator • 1 khz sine wave with adjustable amplitude level • onboard variable dc voltage source for studying unipolar and bipolar modes of adc • 12 output leds to observe adc outputs • ada operates on dc power supply ( +12v, 12v, +5v and gnd ) • interconnection is provided by standard 2mm connector 2.031 digital i.c tester universal ic tester: 40 pin dip zif socket, 50 cherry keys key pad and 16 x 2 lcd display, suitable for testing of analog ic, digital ic and 7 segment display. 2.032 a / d & d / a converter trainer featuresanalog to digital converter • 8 bit descrete adc • 12 bit monolithic adc ic • on board signal generator with adjustable amplitude levels • on board led bank to observe digital outputs • power supply : +5v, ±12v gnd • interconnection is provided by 2mm connectors • experimental manual digital to analog converter • 8 bit binary weighted resistors dac • 8 bit ladder type d to a converter • 8 bit d to a converter using monolithic ic • simple construction using op amp and resistors • onboard switches are provided for digital pattern generation • 8 bit digital inputs ranges from 00 to ff • variable frequency counter to study the settling time specifications • 8 bit binary weighted and 4 bit ladder type dac are constructed using discrete components • 8 bit monolithic dac having settling time in the range of ns, wide power supply range, low power consumption, full scale error ± 1lsb • 8 bit digital ramp adc constructed using discrete components • 12 bit monolithic adc having conversion time in the range of μs, industry standard pin out, wide input range • 8 onboard switches to provide digital inputs to dac • 8 bit counter running on external clock frequency to study settling time of dac • built in low frequency clock generator • 1 khz sine wave with adjustable amplitude level • onboard variable dc voltage source for studying unipolar and bipolar modes of adc • 12 output leds to observe adc outputs • ada operates on dc power supply ( +12v, 12v, +5v and gnd ) • interconnection is provided by standard 2mm connector • extensive experimental manual is provided with the kit experiments analog to digital converter • to study and measure resolution of adc • to measure the conversion time of the adc • to study full scale adjustment for unipolar and bipolar signals • to study the working of adc 2.033 to verify the mesh analysis and node analysis using independent and controlled source. any open resistive network., high watt fixed & variable resistances 2.034 to verify thevenin’s and norton’s theorems variable dc power supply 1.2v to 12v / 500ma load resistor variable current source resistive network thevenins and nortons equivalent circuit all inputs / outputs through 2mm sockets set of patch chords & user manual with digital meters for input & output. 2.035 to verify maximum power transfer theorem. dc power supply 5v to 12v / 500ma variable load resistor resistive network all inputs / outputs through 2mm sockets set of patch chords & user manual with digital meters for input & output. 2.036 to verify superposition theorem. dual variable dc power supplies 1.2v to 12v / 500ma resistive network all inputs / outputs through 2mm sockets set of patch chords & user manual with digital meters for input & output. 2.037 to study the series and parallel resonant circuit. independent resistors 3 nos. , independent capacitors 3 nos. , tapped inductance. all inputs / outputs through 2mm sockets set of patch chords & user manual with signal generator, counter, digital meters for input & output and user manual 2.038 to measure the characteristic impedance of symmetrical t and ii networks independent t & ii resistive attenuators terminating impedence ( 600 ohms ) all inputs / outputs through 2mm sockets set of patch chords & user manual 2.039 to test and to measure the cut –off frequencies of the following: — ( a ) constant k type low pass filter; ( b ) constant k type high pass filter two independent passive lc filter networks ( lpf & hpf ) all inputs / outputs through 2mm sockets set of patch chords & user manual 2.040 to test t and pi attenuator. independent t & ii resistive attenuators terminating impedence ( 600 ohms ) all inputs / outputs through 2mm sockets set of patch chords & user manual 2.041 to study standing wave pattern for a transmission line of finite length with: ( a ) open termination, ( b ) shorted termination and matched termination. 2.to measure the attenuation constant and phase shift constant for matched termination. transmission line trainer features:* 30 300 mhz sweep source with detector * calibrated attenuator * displays standing waves / maxima minima on cro * uses actual coaxial lines rather than simulated ones. * impedance matching. * measures vswr, reflection coefficient, characteristic impedance, velocity of propagation, dielectric constant and signal attenuation in tdr. * measure parameters of 50, 75 and 300 ohms cables * study time domain reflectometry. * study location and nature of discontinuities, open / short, mismatched terminations, etc. * offers a complete view of the transmission line in analog and digital domains, which is essential for complete understanding of transmission line behavior. technical specifications: a. frequency domain analyzer frequency range : 30 300 mhz typical lcd display. level : 100mv p p attenuator 50 ohms : 0.5, 1, 2, 4, 8, 15 db, output impedance : 50 ohms scope out : x y output to scope b. resistive impedance analyzer , characteristic imp. : upto 800 ohms , display : lcd c. time domain reflectometer prr short range : 10mhz typical, pulse width : <10ns typical, prr long range : 100khz typical amplitude : 1v nominal, output impedance : 50 ohms accessories: lengths of 50 ohms and 75 ohms coaxial cable, 300ohms, parallel line, lossy line, tee connectors, , standard load of 50 and 75 ohms, various capacitive and inductive loads, shorts, balun 1:1 & 1:4, operating manual, mains cord 2.042 to study the given rc integrator and differentiator at different time constant. kit consists of capacitor ( 220 p f ) , resistor ( r= 5.6 k ) , function generator ( square wave 5v pp , input frequency is i khz ) , cro ( dual channel ) 2.043 study the construction features of dc machine cut section of ¼ hp dc shunt motor 2.044 to control the speed of d.c. shunt motor above normal speed & draw the speed characteristics. dc shunt motor ½ hp ( full copper winding ) with chasis frame mounted powder coated iron angle based ply top ( with sunmica ) table cum panel stand, all digital meters ( 4 nos ) , 3 point starter with 2 rheostat power supply & direct 2 variac controlled power supply for field & armature also. 2.045 to control the speed of d.c. shunt motor below normal speed & draw the speed characteristics dc shunt motor ½ hp ( full copper winding ) with chasis frame mounted powder coated iron angle based ply top ( with sunmica ) table cum panel stand, all digital meters ( 4 nos ) , 3 point starter with 2 rheostat power supply & direct 2 variac controlled power supply for field & armature also. 2.046 to determine equivalent circuit parameters of single phase transformer by performing ( i ) o.c. test ( ii ) s.c. test. # 500 va copper transformer, tap primary 0 250v / / secondary 0 125v # variac 0 230v / 4 amp # wirewound resistance 500 ohm / 100 watt # digital voltmeter 2 nos, ammeter 2 nos, wattmeter 1 nos, powder coated iron angle based ply top ( with sunmica ) table cum panel stand. 2.047 study of three point and four point starter fabricated / mounted in panel both starter with inbuilt dc power supply upto 1 hp dc machine, powder coated iron angle based ply top ( with sun mica ) table cum panel stand. 2.048 computer programming language laboratory turbo c++ software 2.049 8085 microprocessor traineer kit high performance 8085a cpu operating at 3 mhz. 16 k powerful monitor firmware expandable to 32 k. 64 k user ram. expanded ram accessible using bank write protect facility for ram. 3.6 v ni cad battery back up. versatile keyboard / display controller using 8279. 24 highly reliable dual function keys. 6 digit seven segment led display. parallel i / o lines available through two 8255 chips. serial i / o through 8251 usart, with on board level shifters 1488, 1489.programmable communication parameters. built in audio cassette interface.3 channels of 16 bit timer / counters from 8253. powerful 8085 interrupt capabilities. on board eprom programmer with zif socket for programming 2716 to 7512 eproms and various eeproms. normal and intelligent programming modes. on board adc, dac, opto isolator, reed relay and miniature speaker. on board logic probe. single stepping, break pointing and machine cycle single stepping facility. monitor functions can be called through software interrupts. large collection of application software provided. all address, data and control lines from the cpu, buffered and brought out on 50 pin connector. additional stepper motor of specification: shaft type: 5 mm d current rating: 1200 ma2 voltage rating: 4 v holding torque: 44 oz·in steps per revolution: 200 resistance: 3.3 ohm2 inductance per phase: 2.8 mh number of leads: 6 lead length: 30 cm 2.050 microprocessor 8086 trainer kit intel 8086cpu at 4.77 mhz clock speed, 16kb for monitor eprom upgradable to 64kb 16kb ram expandable to 64kb battery backup provision for ram upto 64kb 16 x 2 ( or ) 20 x 4 alphanumeric lcd display 101 keys ibm compatible keyboard 24 ttl i / o lines brought out to two nos., of 26 pin frc connector 1 number of standard rs232c compatible serial port brought out to a pin d type male connector.3 channel 16 bit counter / timer using 8253. fully buffered address data and control signals terminated at a 50 pin header ( vxt bus ) for interfacing vbmb series of experiment boards and bus expansion. 8 no’s of interrupt lines are terminated at a 10 pin connector. kit operates with a single +5v / dc supply the kit and the power supply are mounted on a attractive light gray color fiber glass cabinet with fiber glass top cover. built in line assembler & disassembler powerful debugging monitor to develop user program. 2.051 to study the amplitude modulation and demodulation ttrainer kit features of amplitude modulation and demodulation trainer:on board message signal with variable amp / freq on board carrier signal with variable amp / freq am modulation using mc 1496 ic demodulation using diode detector and lpf, 6th order lpf, op amp based variable amplifier internal power supply +5v , +12v / 500 ma technical specification :message signal: sine wave frequency 100 hz to 2.8 khz, amplitude 0 to 3v carrier signal: sine wave frequency 28 khz to 108 khz amplitude 2v, modulation : balanced modulator amplifier : op amp based demodulation : diode detector & lpf low pass filter : 6th order lpf supply voltage ( board ) : +12v, +5v / dc supply current : 100 ma ( minimum ) input voltage : 230 v / 50 hz ac interface connectors : 2mm socket 2.052 am / fm radio receiver kit frequency range: 400khz ~ 1.5mhz intermediate frequency: 455khz inputs: rf signal output if frequency: 455khz adjustable if filter: dual tune lc, rf amplifier with variable gain , mixer ( frequency converter ) , local oscillator:output signal: sine wave frequency range: 400khz ~ 1.5mhz , amplitude: adjustable from 0vpp ~ 2vpp output impedance: 50 ohm , 1st and 2nd if amplifier central frequency: 455khz, load impedance: variable r l cgain : 40db with automatic gain control, diode envelope detector detection of the envelop with variable rc filter. audio output:amplifier with audio jack, audio amplifier gain: 26db, receiving media :mw coil antenna fm radio receiver, reception range: 88mhz ~ 108mhz with continuous tuning tuning circuit: using gang capacitor intermediate frequency: 10.7 mhz with ceramic filter experiments: study of double sideband am reception using envelope diode detector, study of single sideband am reception using product detector, study of image frequencies, study of adjustment of receiver tuned circuits, voice reception using dsb / ssb am receiver ( super heterodyne receiver ) effects of switch faults fm detection output level: 77.5vrms ( typical ) fm detection output distortion factor: 0.3% ( typical ) audio amplifier: gain up to 46db receiving media: adjustable telescopic antenna power supply: 12v, +12v, +5v, gnd output volume regulation, output load impedance of 8 ohm experiments am radio receiver to study am radio receiver to study of image frequencies for am fm radio receiver to study fm radio receiver to measure the frequency response of audio amplifier 2.053 analog signal sampling & reconstruction trainer kit kit provides to study signal sampling and reconstruction techniques: technical specifications:on board signals: sine wave:frequency: 1 khz, 2 khz. amplitude:0 5vpp, sampling clock: sampling methods: natural sampling circuit. sample and hold circuit and flat top sampling circuit.reconstruction: 2nd order and fourth order low pass butterworth filters with 3.4 khz cut off frequency. power supply: gnd, +5v, +12v, 12v. 2.054 pulse code modulation and demodulation system trainer inbuilt variable dc and 1 khz ac modulating signals, facility for applying external ac or dc modulating signal, modulating circuit consists of a positive clamper, sample and hold ( s and h ) , analog to digital converter ( adc ) , parallel to serial converter and control signal generator, observation of binary coded analog information by the led status for both modulation and demodulation, pcm modulation technique using ic, built in pulse code demodulation circuit using a serial to parallel converter and parallel shift register dac, low pass filter for both ac & dc, observation of modulated & demodulated waveform, provision to monitor output on cro, clock to be provided from the pulse code modulator to demodulator circuit, built in ic based dc regulated power supply with indication for power on & fuse, 4 mm patch cords – 4 nos, supply required 230v, 50 hz and 1 phase ac, comprehensive instruction manual complete with theory and operating details 2.055 frequency modulation and demodulation kit fm modulators :audio oscillator : sine wave ( 10vpp adjustable ) frequency ( 300 hz 3.4 khz ) fm modulators : 3 nos. • reactance modulator : carrier frequency 455 khz ( ± 3khz ) varactor modulator : carrier frequency 455 khz ( ± 2khz ) vco based modulator : carrier frequency 10 khz 200khz ( adjustable ) , mixer / amplifier adjustment fm demodulator: detuned resonant detector quadrature detector foster seeley detector ratio detector phase locked loop detector ( ic hef4046 based ) phase locked loop detector ( ic lm565 based ) , low pass filter : 3.4 khz cut off frequency amplifier ( with adjustable gain ) 2.056 delta / sigma delta and adaptive delta modulation demodulation kit • separate component and operational area • acrylic cover for component safety • modular organization of circuit functions • test points to access signals at every stage of circuit operation • multimedia based interactive e manual 2.057 dpcm & adpcm modulation / demodulation kit dpcm & adpcm modulation / demodulation kit on board signals:. frequency: 500khz, amplitude: 0 to 4 v pp 2.058 epbax trainer kit no. of subscribers: two dot lines, four extension lines. line section: opto isolation for trunk lines and four extension lines. tone genration: dial tone, busy tone, ring back tone, hold on music. cpu section: microprocessor based stored program control. memory: 64 kb program memory ( eprom ) , 32 kb data ram for buffer.speech path: fully non blocking. loop resistance: a ) extension: 600 ohms b ) co line: 1200 ohms cross talk attenuator: >70 dbm idle channel voice:>70 dbm insertio loss: extension to extension not less than 60 db. dial pulse ratio:10 pps + / 10 %. input power: 230v ac, 50 hz. longitudinal balance: 60 dbm test points: 38 nos, test points are provided on bopard to observe intermediate signals. switch faults: 8 switch faults are provided on board to study different effects on circuit. no. of telephones: 4 nos. power supply: +11v, +23 v, +5v, +15v, gnd. 2.059 black & white tv trainer kit with provision of fault finding system : ccir b, 625 lines, power supply : 230v ac, 50 hz, regulation range 170v ac to 270v ac., power consumption : 70 watts, gain limited sensitivity : 55 db for video & 25 db for audio sound output : 2.0 watts maximum. screen size : 20 diagonal. channel : vhf 2 to 12, uhf 21 to 68, s band and hyper band. isolated shockproof chassis. sections : electronic tuner, video i.f section, sound i.f, video amplifier, horizontal oscillator, horizontal driver and eht, vertical oscillator, and output, s.m.p.s power , controls : volume, tone, brightness, contrast. distortion : 10 to 15% in live program due to expanded p.c.b. all parts are soldered on tags on single pcb of size 19x15” with complete circuit diagram screen printed in different colors with fault creating facilities to create more than 25 faults. standard accessories : 1. frame with pcb mounting.2. picture tube fitted in wooden cabinet 3. a manual having 20 practical. 2.060 dth tv and set top box trainer kit power supply 230 v , 50 hz, input frequency: ku band, output frequency: 950 1450 mhz.noise temp: 35 degree, dish antena , lnbif frequency: 70 mhz 2.061 colour tv trainer with provision of fault finding standard : ccir b pal g, 625 lines channels : 230, 2 4 vhp i ( vl ) , 5 12 vhp iii ( vh ) , 12 100 : band iv & v, else : s band & hyper band picture tube size : 36 cms. diagonal rf input impedance : 75 w ( ohm ) 2.062 tdm pulse code modulation trainer kit crystal frequency:12 mhz, on – board generators:1. adjustable amplitude sine generator of 1 & 2 khz frequency ( synchronized ) 2. variable amplitude dc level ( 02 nos. ) , analog input channels: two, multiplexing:time division multiplexing ( tdm ) , modulation: pcm, sync signal: pseudo random sync code generator, error checking code:off, odd parity, even parity, hamming code, power: 230 v ac, 50 hz, 1 phase 2.063 tdm pulse code demodulation trainer kit 1. input channels : 2 tdm serial input 2. demodulation : pulse code demodulation 3. clock : regeneration by pll 4. low pass filter : butterworth 4th order 3.4 khz cut off frequency ( 02 nos. ) 5. operating speed : fast 240 khz / channel ( approx ) slow 0.977 hz / channel ( approx ) 6. error detection : off, odd or even parity, hamming code 7. error correction : hamming code 8. switched faults : 08 provided 9. test points : provided 10. interconnections : provided by sockets 11. power : 230 10% v ac, 50 hz, 1 phase 12. accessories : a. detailed instruction manual b. set of necessary patch cords 2.064 to study the v i characteristic of gunn diode. gunn based microwave trainer bench with gunn power supply, gunn oscillator, isolator, variable atteuator, frquency meter, bnc to bnc cable, swr meter 2.065 fdm transmitter / receiver kit on board clock generator, carrier generator 1 khz ~ 30 khz, pilot carrier 256 khz, 2 channel fdm communication system, dsb am modulator and demodulator, band pass filters 9 ~ 11 khz and 16 ~ 20 khz, 4th order butterworth low pass filters, multimedia based interactive e manual, transmitter: high frequency transmission using dsb multiplexing: frequency division multiplexing channel: 02 band pass filter pass band: filter 1 and 3 frequency range 8 ~12 khz with fc 10 khz: filter 2 and 4 frequency range 18 ~ 22 khz with fc 20 khz am / dm modulator modulation: amplitude modulation double side band receiver: amplitude demodulation of dsb de multiplexing: frequency division de multiplexing low pass filter, 4 order butter worth filter switch faults:8 switchfaults are provided on board to study different effects on circuit interconnection:2mm banana socket test points:25 test points are provided on board to observe intermediate signals power supply:gnd, +5v, +12v, 12v 2.066 digital storage oscilloscope bandwidth: dc 200mhz, channels: 2 + external, display: 5.7 inch lcd colour ( 320x 240 resolutions ) , sample rate ( real time ) : 500ms / s, max. input voltage: 400v ( dc+ac peak, 1 m ohm input impedance ) . 2.067 spectrum analyzer frequency range:9 khz to 26.5 ghz, phase noise : 102dbc / hz, max third order dynamic range, 1 ghz: 111db, displayed average niose level, 1ghz: 163dbm, standard attenuator range / step:50db / 10db, 70db / 10 squaredb, overall amplitude accuracy:+ / 0.50db 2.068 antenna trainer 86 860 mhz specifications:radiation pattern plotting software• stepper motor controlled receiver stand.antenna measurement system:rf source• source types : pll synthesized with integrated vco• frequency range : 100mhz to 3ghz• dynamic range : 85dbm• transmitted power min : 50dbm• transmitted power max : +5dbm • impedance : 50w / sma rf detector• detector type : logarithmic detector• frequency range : 1mhz to 8ghz• resolution : 0.1db• dynamic range : 85db ( ±3db ) • noise level : 90dbm• impedance : 50w / sma• representation of rf level : dbmdisplay• 128x64 graphic lcd display with backlit. keypad• 15 key membrane keypad for user entry.stepper motor controller• 1.80 resolutions.list of standard 22 antenna supplied with the setupwire antenna1. monopole plane base ground2. dipole ( 2nos. ) 3. yagi4. folded dipole 5. vee dipole6. rectangular loop 7. helicalmicrostrip antenna 1. planar dipole 2. planar monopole3. cmsa 4. tmsa5. 2x1 array 6. annular ring7. chip antenna 8. rmsa9. rmsa circular polarizedaperture antenna 1. e horn2. open ended waveguide rectangular array antenna 1. broadside array2. collinear arrayreflector antenna 1. corner reflectorsoftware• radiation pattern plotting and analysis software suitable for windows environment antenna positionerthe transmitter and receiver antenna stand is made of special material which is inhert to em frequency and it has engraved height and angle scale on it. it has facility to adjust the height and level. universal plug and fix antenna mounts are provided to hold the antenna assembly in vertical and horizontal orientation for co and cross polarization. accessories • sma ( m ) to sma ( m ) 50w flexible cable : 02nos• usb cable ( male a to male b ) : 01no• 3 pin 6 amp power chord : 01no • manual : 01no • software on cd : 01no experiments• measure the variation of field strength / inverse square law• prove the reciprocity theorem of antenna• plot radiation pattern of wired antenna omni directional antenna• plot radiation pattern of all aperture antenna• plot radiation pattern of all reflector antenna• plot radiation pattern of all array antenna• measure co polarization, cross polarization 2.069 microwave test bench ( klystron based ) klystron power supply: specifications: input voltage 230v+ / 10%, 50hz ac, beam supply voltage:200 450v continuously variable; current:regulation: better than 0.5% for + / 10% variation in mains supply voltage; ripple: less than 5mv rms , repeller supply voltage: 10v to 270v continuously variable with respect to klystron cathode regulation: better than 0.25% for + / 10% variation in mains supply volt , heater supply 6.3v dc ( regulated ) modulation square wave : frequency 500hz to 2000hz; max. amplitude +110v peak to peak, amplitude and frequency continuously variable; sawtooth frequency 50hz to 150hz; max. amplitude 60v peak to peak, amplitude and frequency continuously variable. vswr meter: ( sensitivity: 0.2 micro volts at a 200 ohm input impedance for full scale deflection, noise level: at least 5 db below full scale at rated sensitivity and maximum, bandwidth with input terminated in 100 ohms and 500 ohms for low and high respectively, a / c output : bnc connector for amplified output, frequency : 1000hz + / 10%, power : 230 volts ac, 50hz, mains supply ) 2.070 ask / psk / fsk modulation and demodulation kit features • vlsi based design • separate component and operational area • acrylic cover for component safety • modular organization of circuit functions • test points to access signals at every stage of circuit operation • multimedia based interactive e manual data simulator : onboard 8 bit variable nrz l pattern, crystal oscillator : 32.768 mhz, data clock : 256 khz, data format : nrz ( l ) , onboard carrier sine waves : 1mhz ( 0° ) , 1mhz ( 180° ) , 500 khz ( 0° ) , power supply : +12v, 12v, +5v, gnd. 2.071 microwave test bench ( gunn based ) gunn microwave test bench: gunn power supply ( 0 12 volts variable, 1 amp. max, modulation frequency : 1khz + / 10% ( 900 1100 hz ) , output connector: bnc ( f ) for gunn oscillator & tnc ( f ) for pin modulator, modulation: square wave, frequency : 500hz to 2000hz ) • gunn oscillator • isolator • pin modulator • variable attenuator • detector mount • swr meter ( sensitivity: 0.2 micro volts at a 200 ohm input impedance for full scale deflection, noise level: at least 5 db below full scale at rated sensitivity and maximum, bandwidth with input terminated in 100 ohms and 500 ohms for low and high respectively, a / c output : bnc connector for amplified output, frequency : 1000hz + / 10%, powe : 230 volts ac, 50hz, mains supply ) 2.072 antenna trainer 86 860 mhz ( with pc interfacing and automatic turntable and necessary plotting software ) trainer with radiation pattern plotting software on board rf generator, tone generator, plotting software, directional coupler, matching stub, forward / reverse goniometer with accessories. all types of dipole, broad band, array and narrow band antennas, current probe mounting stand, bnc tee, bnc bnc adaptor m, bnc bnc adapter f, bnc bnc cable, screw driver, student note book, operating mannual , text book on antena , polar graph, antenna fabrication circuit, power cord, accessories case. 2.073 antenna trainer 86 860 mhz ( manual antenna rotation set up ) trainer with radiation pattern plotting software on board rf generator, tone generator, plotting software, directional coupler, matching stub, forward / reverse goniometer with accessories. all types of dipole, broad band, array and narrow band antennas, current probe mounting stand, bnc tee, bnc bnc adaptor m, bnc bnc adapter f, bnc bnc cable, screw driver, student note book, operating mannual , text book on antena by j.d. kraus, polar graph, antenna fabrication circuit, power cord, accessories case. 2.074 1 ghz spectrum analyser 1 ghz spectrum analyser with tracking generator frequency range: 150 khz to 1000 mhz freqency resolution: 1 khz cf entry 40 hz sweep resolution at 2 khz per division, frequency display: 61 / 2 digit frqency control: digital phase lock resolution bandwidth: 3 khz, 30 khz, 220 khz, 4 mhz. 2.075 antenna trainer kit features ats b antenna trainer has been designed for teaching and demons trating the dipole, folded dipole antenna configuration. practical verifi cation of theoretical concepts is easily possible, because accurate and repeatable measurements of polar plots can be completed in short period of time. it comprises of two towers used for mounting the transmitting and receiving antenna, linear / log detector with digital readout for accurate and error free measurements, variable signal generator, 6 antennas, manual antenna positioner, cables, and connectors etc. it works in standalone mode. polar plots of the antenna can be charted out on the charts using offline polar plot software. radio characteristics source: variable source frequency range: 750 mhz ~ 850 mhz amplitude: 100 dbuv into 75 ohms detector / vswe meter:linear in db lcd readout amp range :: >50 db accuracy: ± 3db antennas: dipole 1, folded dipole 1, yagi 1, loop square 1, monopole 1, telescopic 1 all antennas fabricated for 800mhz experiments polar plots e and h plane cartesian plots e and h plane directive gain front back ratio side lobe level and angular position beam width half power and 10 db polarization study verification of inverse square law axiom verification of reciprocity axiom study of rf reflection and absorption 2.076 microwave power meter frequency range channel 1 normal mode 10 hz to 125 mhz low pass filter 10 hz to 50 khz enabled channel 2 50 mhz to 20 ghz sensitivity channel 1:10–30 hz: 40 mvrms , 30hz 125 mhz: 25 mvrms channel 2:50–300 mhz 20 dbm , 12.4–18 ghz 33 dbm 40–46 ghz n / a n / a 17 dbm maximum input :channel 1: 2 vrms , channel 2 50 mhz to 2 ghz +5 dbm damage level :channel 1 120 v ( dc + ac pk ) , channel 2 +27 dbm impedance ( nominal ) :channel1 1 mω / 60 pf, channel 2 50 ω connector channel 1 bnc female:channel 2 sma / apccompatible female swr ( typical ) :channel 2 50–300 mhz 1.5:1 10–20 ghz 3.0:1 20–26.5 ghz n / a 26.5–46 ghz n / a resolution selection 1 hz to 1 mhz accuracy ± 1 lsd 2.077 trainer kit to study reverse recovery characteristics of power diodes the single board trainer kit should contain ic regulated power supply, different types power diodes, digital ammeter and voltmeter and other necessary passive components 2.078 power transistor drive ckt study kit the single board trainer kit helps to study different drive circuits for power transistors. the trainer kit should contain : i ) different drive circuits for transistors. ( ii ) power transistors and power diodes ( iii ) inductors, capacitors and resistors. other necessary components for necessary following power transistors base drive controls circuits 2.079 to study drive circuit of scr isolated 230 v / 40 w ac power supply 1.2 v to + 15 v / 500 ma dc power supply * 0 18 v / 500 ma, 50 hz, ac power supply * variable frequency triggering pulses * dc gate signal control, pulse gate signal * synchronous ac gate control signal through diac * ujt triggering * 10:1 on board resistive attenuator * provision for 40 w lamp load * set of patch chords & user manual. 2.080 to study a single phase rectifier—output waveform with phase control circuit trainer kit to study single phase full wave bridge rectifier for fixed dc output, half controlled and fully controlled rectification facilities with r and rl, loads 1000 ohms 10 watts, 14 ma @ 0.05 a inductive loads. the single board trainer kit contains : ( i ) source for rectification of 4 to 24 v dc fixed and variable output @ a max of 500 ma helps to construct and study series and parallel resonance circuit. ( ii ) four diodes and 4 scrs in bridge configuration with gradual firing controls and necessary capacitive, inductive and pie filter components. ( iii ) digital ammeter and voltmeter. 2.081 to plot v / i characteristics of triac power supplies: isolated supply 0 220v at 2a. • operated on mains power 230v, 50hz +10% components are mounted on the panels are: • triac bt136 • diac db3 • ac phase control by rc firing circuit. • snubber circuit. salient features: • 10:1 potential divider for cro • protection cover • bulb as load • front panel built with high class insulated printed circuit board sheet with well printed circuits and symbols. • instruction manual. • patch cords 4mm both. • high voltage test points are provided with 4mm safety sockets • the trainer is housed in metal cabinet. 2.082 to study a polyphase rectifier isolated 230 v / 40 w ac power supply isolated stepped down 3 ph supply. * 3 phase diode rectifier in open condition * provision for load & cro output. * electronic phase sequence finder. * set of patch chords & user manual 2.083 to study smps with pwm regulator chip based on ic 494 as pwm, input voltage : 170v to 260vac, 50hz., output voltage : 5v, 5v, 12v, 12v, power good signal voltage / as required in computers, wattage ( i / p ) : 150 watt ( approx. ) , assembled on : pcb or board with providing different test points to observe waveforms and voltage etc. with fan cooling facility 2.084 to plot v / i characteristics of diac variable dc power supply 1.2v to 35v / 500ma dc power supply for dpm 5v / 500ma diac ( d32 ) forward and reverse characteristics of diac digital meter for measuring voltage and current all inputs / outputs through 2mm sockets 2.085 to study a phase control ac regulator isolated 230 v / 40 w, 50hz ac power supply, triac phase angle control, 10:1 on board resistive attenuator, provision for 40 w lamp load with digital meters at load., set of patch chords & user manual 2.086 servo regulator stabilizer study kit 500va servo stabilizer , 2 amp variac, digital input & output meters, lamp load, set of patch chords & user manual. 2.087 to study a jones chopper isolated 230 v / 40 w dc power supply, + 5 v / 500 ma dc power supply * scr jones chopper * gate firing pulses for jones chopper * 10:1 on board resistive attenuator * provision for 40 w lamp load * set of patch chords & user manual. 2.088 to study speed control of induction motor by voltage and frequency variation v / f controller 1 hp, ac sq. cage ind. motor 1 hp, digital volt & ammeter. 1 phase i / p & 3 phase o / p, 3 ph & 1ph mcb protection 2.089 to study the speed control of dc motor by: ( a ) varying field current keeping armature voltage constant; and, ( b ) varying armature voltage keeping field current constant dc shunt motor ( full copper winding ) .5 hp with base mount frame 1 no variac controlled 2 dc power supply ( 1 for field & 1 for armature ) dc volt & ammeter digital………4 nos panel mounted rpm meter………1 no. white bakelite front with conn. diagram & wooden safety box. metal frame table ( ply board with sun mica ) cum stand for panel 2.090 power electronics devices trainer kit should have built in power supply dc supply : + / 12v, 500ma, power supply 17v / 750ma, regulated 13.5v / 3a o / p mustbe provided as 12v battery charging supply. isolated dc supply +12v / 300ma with isolated common. on board inverter transformer of primary : 230v & secondaries 12 11 0 11 12 / 3a on board lamp load of 15w ( 100w ) should be provided. ac supply : 230v ac line voltage must be made available on two banana 4mm sockets must have two pulse transformers of 1:1:1 are provided for isolation & supplying firing pulses along with required dc power supply to experiment panel under test through 15 pin female ‘d’ connector. r l c load panel must have load resistor of 10w / 40w 1no. must have centre tapped 3a choke 4mh / 16mh each 2nos. must have commutation capacitors of 10mf / 100v 4nos. must have ac paper capacitor of 4mf / 440v 1no. 2.091 stepper motor study set forward & revarse rotation, auto & manual speed control without microprocessor operation. inbuilt pulse generator & led sequence display. 2.092 single phase bridge inverter on board firing circuit : ramp comparator method interconnections : 2 mm sockets ( gold plated ) scr : scr 2p4m 400v / 2a mains supply : 220v / 110v, 50hz / 60hz operating conditions : 0 40 c, 85% rh included accessories : 2mm patch cords , mains cord : 1 no., learning material ( cd ) : 1 no. 2.093 plc trainer ( experiment 1 use of simulation package for different function of plc. experiment 2 verify function of logic gates by using plc. experiment 3 write and verify ladder program for motor on off control with two push button ) hardware specification:ttl input switches : 8 nos, ttl momentary switches : 8 nos., proximity switch : 1 no., optical transducer ( two state ) : 1 no., programmable leds : 8 nos., analog input 0 to 5v dc : 8 channels, analog output 0 to 5v dc : 1 no., 4 to 20ma transmitter : 1no., 4 to 20ma receiver : 1no., current meter : 25ma fsd 1no., voltmeter : 10v fsd 1 no., piezo electric alarm : 1 bit.built in power supply.dedicated i / o interface card suitable for ibm computer suitable for isa slot. software specification:this is a gui based ladder logic softwaredrag and drop ( d&d ) an instruction instead of typing an instruction. this eliminates errors in typing. all the instructions are displayed on screen during design time. each and every element is directly addressed with their names not by numbers or codes, which are very difficult to remember. ex: at design time, you call a switch#0 in your ladder program by d&d the component called switch#0, and that’s it, not by typing a few digits numbers or codes.appropriate list boxes ( input, output ) open as you d&d an instruction in ladder workspace.ladder workspace is 24x100 instruction cells are available for your use.tool tip features are available at the end of each instruction prompting you “what to do next”very user friendly.extensive on line help menu available.gui based status of the entire plc is displayed during run time.programs are saved, retrieved, edited by simply clicking on menu list box.extensive edit features are available. 2.094 1 kva online ups trainer kit technology: spwm, igbt / mosfet ( for more than 72 dc volt igbt preferred ) , input voltage range: 170‐282vac, input phase:single phase with ground, nominal output voltage:230vac, output power factor: 0.8 lagging, battery connection should be internal only, on battery output voltage pure sine wave output at 230vac, battery type 12 v sealed lead acid maintenance free, battery dc voltage 36 vdc or higher, battery total vah ‐ minimum 432 ( 12v, 12ah*3nos ) or higher, battery backup time 30 minutes at full load or higher, audible alarms mains failure alarm, low battery alarm, overload and fault, protections advanced electronic protection for device, safety backed with mcbs, fast acting fuses, high speed pulse blanking, electronic overvoltage / undervoltage, static bypass switch, standard rs 232 port for software interface, user display: lcd display & indication, input voltage, output voltage, input frequency, output frequency, battery charging / discharging level, load level, input high / normal / low / fail, output overload , output short circuit, output fault. 2.095 stepper motor kit signal stepping and free running modes of operating with speed variation and direction reversal – internal ttl circuit. 360 degree motion servo potentiometer position pickup for motor dynamics. operation through microprocessor kitsample control programs provided. lfeatures stepper motor specification torque : 3 kg cm. step angle : 1.8 . power : 12v, 1a / phase interconnections all interconnections are made using 2mm banana patch cords. test points are provided to analyze signals at various points.all ics are mounted on ic sockets. bare board tested glass epoxy smobc pcb is used. in built power supply with power on indication attractive wooden enclosures of light weight australian pine wood. set of 2mm patch cords for interconnections users manual. 2.096 2mhz function generator output frequency: 0.2 hz~2 mhz, output waveforms: sine, square , triangle, ramp, pulse, etc. output impedance : 50 ohm ± 10 %, output amplitude: 20vp p ( 1mohm load ) ; 10vp p ( 50mohm load ) , output attenuation: 0db / 20db / 40db / 60db dc offset: 0 ~ ±10v ( 1mohm load ) ; 0 ~ ± 5v ( 50mohm load ) , symmetry: 10% ~ 90%. 2.097 power electronics development trainer size of breadboard : 172.5 mm × 128.5mm dc power supply :+5 v, 5 v 500 ma, +12v, 12 v 500 ma +15 v, 250 ma+35v, 35v, 250 ma ac power supply : 18v 0v 18v , 0v 15v on board firing circuits frequency range : 30hz to 900hz variable amplitude : 12v pwm control of g1, g2, g3 and g4 duty cycle control of “gate” signal is 0 to 100% scr assembly : 4 scrs 2p4m, 400v / 2a power devices : igbt g4bc20s, mosfetirfz44n, ujt 2n2646, diacdb3, triac bt136, put 2n6027 circuit components on board : electrolytic capacitor 10μf, 63v, electrolytic capacitor 1μf, 63v , met. capacitor 0.33μf, 63v , diode 1n4007, inductor 220uh, 4.7μh, 10mh. pulse transformer on board :2 nos. pt4502 1:1 and one is pt4503 1:1:1 load selector : 6 load resistances 47e / 7w, 1k / 1w, 1k / 10w, 10k / 10w, 120e / 5w, 2k2 / 2w. test points : 10 nos ( gold plated ) power supply ( mains ) : 220v / 110v, 50hz / 60hz included accessories : bread boards : 2 nos. connecting wires : 20 nos. 2mm to 1mm patch cords : 15 nos. 2mm patch cords ( red ) 16” : 4 nos. 2mm patch cords ( black ) 16’’ : 4 nos. 2mm patch cords ( blue ) 16’’ : 12 nos. mains cord : 1 no. with i ) power semiconductor application experiment panel ii ) con / inv panel iii ) triggering circuit / dv / dt protection panel 2.098 1. to study the operation and to use: ( a ) multimeter, and, ( b ) oscilloscope 2. to study the operation and to use: ( a ) af signal generator; and, ( b ) rf signal generator 3. to study the operation and to use frequency counter 4. to study the operation and to use frequency generator against above 4 experiment following instruments to be supplied 1 ) digital multimeter .. .............2, 000 / = 2 ) cathode ray oscilloscope 30 mhz……. ……………. each……….. 20, 000 / = 3 ) digital storage oscilloscope 25 mhz……………………each………… 20, 000 / = 4 ) af signal generator………………………………………………each…………….. 5, 000 / = 5 ) rf signal generator 50mhz………………………………………each……………. 20, 000 / = 6 ) frequency counter 2 ghz…………………………………………each……………. 15, 000 / = 7 ) function generator 5 mhz…………………………………………each……........... 15, 000 / = 2.099 digital lcr meter variable measured l, c, r and loss angle ( d factor ) measured frequencies: 1 khz, 100khz display: 3⅟₂ digit , resistance: 0 to 20 mω, 0.1 ω , capacitance: 0 to 20000μf, 0.1 pf inductance: 0 to 20000 h, 0.1μh , d factor: 0.01 to 8.0 with 1% error 2.100 distortion factor meter frequency : 20 hz to 200khz distortion:0.1% to 100% f.s.d. in steps , input sensitivity: 100mv ( r.m.s. ) , input impedance: 1mω / 160pf, voltmeter range: 300μv to 300v f.s.d. in 13 range 2.101 to measure l & q by maxwell method full bridge with oscillator, led null bar graph & audio ampr with speaker inbuilt for null ind., digital multimeter & cro sig. o / p inbuilt, imported ( bourna ) 10 turn pot for null adj., decade inductance with rotary switch inbuilt, backlight led & wooden hard box 2.102 to measure the unknown capacitance by schering bridge full bridge with oscillator, led null bar graph & audio ampr with speaker inbuilt for null ind., digital multimeter & cro sig. o / p inbuilt, imported ( bourna ) 10 turn pot for null adj., decade inductance with rotary switch inbuilt, backlight led & wooden hard box 2.103 to measure the distortion in a given waveform low frequency sine / square & triangle wave generator digital meters for frequency & voltage measurement digital distortion meter 2.104 to construct and test a q meter this kit consist of mixed signal generator, digital meter & specially designed q meter system to find out all mixed frequency. decade inductance box 2.105 to study the spectrum analyzer. +17 dbm 3rd order intercept at 2 ghz ±0.3 db absolute amplitude accuracy to 3 ghz displayed average noise level: –142 dbm / hz at 26.5 ghz, –157 dbm / hz at 2 ghz and –150 dbm / hz at 10 khz internal preamp available: danl of 156 dbm / hz at 26.5 ghz, 167 dbm / hz at 2 ghz phase noise: –113 dbc / hz at 1 ghz and –134 dbc / hz at 10 mhz carrier frequency, 10 khz offset high speed sweeps with high resolution and low noise: 1 ghz sweeps at 10 khz rbw in 2.106 to measure the unknown frequency by wein bridge full bridge with oscillator, led null bar graph & audio ampr with speaker inbuilt for null ind., digital multimeter with freq. counter & cro sig. o / p inbuilt& cro sig. o / p inbuilt, imported ( bourna ) 10 turn pot for null adj., backlight led & wooden hard box 2.107 microcontroller trainer kit 1.write a simple assembly programs for a. addition b. subtraction b. multiplication d. division 2. write a programs for ( any two of the following ) i. 4 x 4 matrix keypad interface ii. character based lcd interface iii. analog to digital conversion ( on chip adc ) iv. serial eeprom v. seven segment led display interface vi. interfacing with temperature sensor vii. stepper motor interface 8 bit embedded microcontroller trainer features • single board design with various resources • excellent training platform for embedded applications • software development tools include assembler and ‘c’ compiler • easy adaptability to different versions of microcontroller in the same family specifications • experimental board for 40 pin mcs51 and avr family of microcontrollers • in system programming ( isp ) facility for many microcontrollers • double reset signal with manual key • crystal frequency: 11.0592mhz • on board rs232 compatible serial interface terminated in a 9 pin d female connector • 4×4 matrix keyboard • 16×2 alphanumeric lcd connector ( 4 bit interface ) and trimmer for contrast adjustment • four 7 segment led displays • i2c eeprom ( 24cxx ) • real time clock ( ds1307 ) with lithium battery and sram • 8 high current output port ( 500ma ) for driving external loads • two 12v sugar cube relays • continuous tone piezo buzzer • temperature sensor socket with thermostat functions • four 8 bit a / d converter, one 8 bit d / a converter provided by pcf8591 • all port pins available on 10 pin box header • 8 leds for easy logic state monitoring • 8 input trigger switches using 8 push buttons • isp programming with flash isp for at89s51 / 52 / 8252 / avr • infrared remote control receiver module ic supported • p89v51rd2bn • at89s52 installable software on cd • programmers notepad : free, open source, text editor • flash isp programmer software for 89sxx • bascom basic compiler ( demo version ) • mide 51: an ide for mcs 51 microcontroller • winavr : open source c compiler for avr • sample programs for peripherals dc 12v / 500ma output power supply experiments • study of led blink • study of dancing light • study of lcd display • study of lcd keyboard display • study of 7 –segment display • study of rc5 remote control test program • study of analog to digital converter • study of real time clock ( rtc ) 2.108 microcontroller simulation software microcontroller simulation software: proteus vsm for 8051 2.109 to study the function of fibre optic analog link.to study the frequency response of optical receiver at various load conditions. 3. to study the losses in optical fibre:— ( a ) propagation loss, ( b ) bending loss. 4. to study the numerical aperture of optical fibre. basic fiber optics trainer kit will have features of ( i ) numerical aperture calculation ( ii ) fibe loss measurements facilties.transmitter : 1 no., led 660 nm, receiver : 1 no., fiber optic photodetector modulation techniques : 1. am 2. fm 3.pwm, drivers : 1 no. with analog & digital modes, clock : crystal controlled clock 4.096 mhz, pll detector : 1 no. ac amplifier : 1 no.comparator : 1 no. filters : 1 no. 4 order butterworth, 3.4 khz cutoff frequency, analog band width : 350 khz, digital band width : 2.5 mhz, numerical aperture of pmma fiber, loss in 1 mtr / 5mtr pmma patch cord. 2.110 to be familiar with the following network components: this will be a full package of the followings: ** rj5 / cat5 cables 100 meters rj 45 connectors 100 pcs cutter & crimping tools for rj45 / cat 5 cables cable tester / tracker…….. 4 pcs hubs with accessories & tool kit network interface different card 2.111 to be familiar with mobile telephone cellular system : egsm / gsm 900 rx frequency band : egsm 925, 960mhz, gsm 900, 935, 960mhz. tx frequency band : egsm 880, 890mhz gsm900, 890, 915mhz. output power : +5, +33dbm / 3.2mw 2w. channel spacing : 200khzantenna : loop type 50w display : 84x48 pixels.on board sections : antenna keypad sim charging circuit clock.user interface such as buzzer, vibrator and led’s.test points : 41fault : 25.features that can be set: screen savers ring tones logos sms etc.accessories : battery mains cord. instruction manualpower supply : 220v + 10%, 50hz / 60hz on request. gsm specifications: gsm capacity : gsm 900 / 1800egsm, gsm data services asynchronous transparent & non transparent.modes : 14.4kbits / ssim interface : 3v. rf characteristics: receiver: egsm sensitivity : < 104dbmdcs sensitivity : < 102dbmselectivity @ 200khz : >+9dbcselectivity @ 400khz : >+41dbc.dynamic range : 63dbintermodulation : > 43dbmc channel rejection : > 9dbc transmitter : maximum output power : 33dbm +2db ( egsm ) .maximum output power : 30dbm +2db ( dcs ) maximum output power : 5dbm +5db ( egsm ) maximum output power : 0dbm +5db ( dcs 1800 ) noise in 925 935mhz < 67dbmnoise in 935 960mhz < 79dbmnoise in 1805 –1880 mhz < 71dbmphase error at peak power <5deg.rms.frequency error : 0.1ppm maxpower supply : 9vcurrent consummation : max 500ma 2.112 to be familiar with cordless telephone digital cordless phone with caller id, rechargeable ni mh battery caller id with 50 name and number memory, 100 name and number phonebook entries, speaker: yes large 1.8 inch lcd display it is not wall mountable and does not come with powerfailure feature the box includes handset, base, battery, charger and user guide 2.113 to be familiar with fax printing technology ink jet monochrome, max printing resolution up to 600 x 300 dpi copier type digital, operating system support ms windows 2000, ms windows 98, ms windows me, ms windows xp 2.114 network components cat 5 / 5e / 6 cable : 100mtrs ( rs 2000 / ) , rj 45 connectors: 200pcs ( rs. 500 / ) rj 45 crimping tools: 05 ( rs. 800 / each ) lan cable tester ( rj 45 ) : 05 ( rs 1000 / each ) 2.115 desk top computer processor: intel core i5 third generation, operating speed: 3.4 ghz, ram type: 4 gb ddr3, hdd : 1 tb sata, monitor: 19 led , display resolution: 2048x1536, mouse: optical, ethernet: gigabit, keyboard: 104 keys, sound: integrated idt 92 hd89e audio, 3 gb video graphics, memory card reader, operating system: windows 10 os and quick heal internet security or equivalent. 2.116 ups 1 kva on line ups for pc, battery backup 2.117 24 port managed switch no. of ports: 10 / 100 mbps 24 ethernet ports, switch fabric: 32 gbps, form factor: rack mountable, os: lan base image, console port: availavble for configuration, mac address table: 4000 or higher, vlan: supported, mtu: 9100 with support for jumbo frames, warranty: 3 years onsite comprehensive warranty including parts and labor plus onsite technical support with 24x7 2.118 24 port unmanaged switch 24 port 10 / 100 / 1000mbps ethernet switch wifi router: 300 mbps wireless router with 4 lan ports and 1 wan port 2.119 8 port hub external power supply, 8 nos rj 45 connectors for 10base t / 100base tx, ethernet ports 8 port, capacity 1.6 gbps, wireless speed 10 / 100 mbps 2.120 access points 54 mbps access point for wifi network: no.of channel: dual channel for support upto 108 mbps ( 2x54mbps ) , backbone connectivity: connect over fast ethernet through backbone switches, security: security enabled wifi connectivity with option for broadcast of ssid, network: 802.11 a / b / g / n network support, poe: poe enabled, form factor: wall or ceilling mountable with physical lock suppor. warranty and support: 3 years on site comprehensive warranty including parts and labour plus on site technical support with 24 x 7 2.121 network passive component for networking utp cat 6 cable connected to the required location from patch panel to i / o boxes, patch panel: ethernet patch panel mounted on switch rack as required, rcak: floor or wall mountable rack of sizes 6u / 9u / 17u / 32u / 42uwith depth 750mm to 1000mm, i / o box: single, / dual i / o box of reputed brand, patch cord: 1 mtr / 2mtr long cat 6 patch cord. 2.122 lan trainer ethernet ( ieee 802.3 wireless lan ( 802.11 ) , token bus ( 802.4 ) token ring ( 802.5 ) , data rate : 10 / 100 mbps for ethernet, 1, 2, 5.5, 11 mbps for wirless & lan as per ieee 802.11b, connectivity through rj 45 connector. 2.123 pc based optical fiber lan trainer package pc based optical fibre lan trainer with necessary software package 2.124 installation & commissioning of network ( i ) laying of ofc & cat 6 cable ( ii ) splicing ( iii ) installation & network testing 2.125 to measure displacement with lvdt actual lvdt with instrumentation amplifier dc o / p with digital meter, 3and 1 / 2 digit led display with polarity indicator, sensitivity of 10mv / mm in the range of 10mm. 2.126 to measure temperature with thermocouple thermocouple sensor in steel case electric water jag. instrumentation amplifier with digital meter circuit diagram printed on kit external mounted actual sensor mercury thermometer 2.127 to measure temperature with thermistor thermocouple sensor in steel case electric water jag. instrumentation amplifier with digital meter circuit diagram printed on kit external mounted actual sensor mercury thermometer 2.128 to measure pressure with strain gauge strain gauge sensor with waight loading sysytem sample weights. instrumentation amplifier with digital meter circuit diagram printed on kit external mounted actual sensor 2.129 to plot the characteristics of rtd ( pt 100 ) rtd 3 wair sensor in steel case electric water jag. instrumentation amplifier with digital meter circuit diagram printed on kit external mounted actual sensor mercury thermometer 2.130 temperature controller with on off controller, temperature controller with pi controller, temperature controller with pid controller temperature controller with facilities for p, i, d and relay control blocks, operating temperature: ambient to 90°c, separate controls for p, i, d channel gains, two settings for relay hysteresis, fast 25w oven fitted with ic temperature sensor, forced cooling option to ready oven for next experiment, digital display of set and measured temperature on a 3½ digit built in dvm, 0 9999 sec, timer on panel for a convenient temperature response experiment, buffered output for recorder 3 mechanical items : 3.001 laboratory setup for measuring the co efficient of friction combined inclined plane and friction apparatus: it consists of 15cm x 60cm teak wooden board with glass top hinged on an iron base to which a sector with graduated arc and vertical scale is to be provided for adjusting to any required position. the plane may be clamped at any angle up to 45 degrees. a 5 cm dia. friction less pulley is to be attached to the end of the wooden board by means of a clamp. complete with brass roller cart and pan. two weight boxes ( each of 5 gm, 10 gm, 2 20 gm, 2 50 gm, 2 100 gm weight ) , boxes each weighing 300 gm with 8 mm ply case and bottom of different surfaces like, glass, teak wood, brass, copper, sand paper and card board are to be supplied along with the set up. for weight hanging cotton rope of sufficient length are to be supplied along this setup. hard copy ( two sets ) of instruction / laboratory manual along with calculation sheet is to be supplied. 3.002 simple screw jack simple screw jack is to be equipped with a square threaded screw of diameter 30 mm & lifting height 500 mm. all components are to be accurately machined, nut and square threaded screw with a pitch of 5 mm carrying a double flanged turn table of 20 cm dia. fitted on steel base and complete with two adjustable pulleys, cords and hooks. weights of 10 kg, 5 kg, &1kg. 2 pcs each along with all available combinations of effort weights, and instructional manual are to be supplied along with the setup. for weight hanging cotton rope of sufficient length are to be supplied along this setup. hard copy ( two sets ) of instruction / laboratory manual along with calculation sheet is to be supplied. 3.003 single purchase crab winch single purchase crab winch is to be fitted with a heavy cast iron wall brackets and attachable to portable m.s. framed trolley. the effort wheel is of c.i. material of 25 cm diameter with a hole for effort attachment mounted on a shaft of about 40mm dia. on the same shaft a geared wheel ( machine cut ) of 15 cm diameter shall be mounted. the teeth of this pinion wheel shall mesh with another ( spur ) toothed wheel of 30 cm diameter. this spur gear shall be mounted on another axle to which a load drum of about 7.5 cm diameter of heavy c.i. material are to be attached to which the lifting loads can be attached at bottom. a set of 5 slotted weights of 2 kg each and a hanger of 2 kg and two sets of additional weights for load ( starting from 1 kg up to 5 kg in steps of 500 gm ) and effort ( starting from 1 gm to 200 gm with all available combination. ) wooden scale – 1m ( 2 nos. ) for weight hanging cotton rope of sufficient length are to be supplied along this setup. hard copy ( two sets ) of instruction / laboratory manual along with calculation sheet is to be supplied. 3.004 double purchase crab winch experimental set up of double purchase crab winch is to be fitted with heavy cast iron wall brackets and attachable to portable m.s. framed trolley. a cast iron made effort wheel of more than 25 cm diameter along with a hole for effort attachment mounted on a shaft more than 40mm and a load drum of about 7.5 cm diameter. the teeth of the pinion wheel ( about 75 mm dia ) mounted on effort wheel shaft shall mesh with another ( spur ) toothed wheel of 30 cm diameter mounted on intermediate shaft. this intermediate shaft also contains another pinion ( about 75 mm diameter ) . this pinion ( spur gear ) meshes with spur gear of 30 cm diameter shall be mounted on the shaft ( 40 mm dia ) upon which a load drum of about 7.5 cm diameter of heavy c.i. material is also mounted. a set of 5 slotted weights of 2 kg each and a hanger of 2 kg and two sets of additional weights for load ( starting from 1 kg up to 10 kg in steps of 500 gm ) and effort ( starting from 1 gm to 200 gm with all available combination. ) wooden scale – 1m ( 2 nos. ) . for weight hanging cotton rope of sufficient length are to be supplied along this setup. hard copy ( two sets ) of instruction / laboratory manual along with calculation sheet is to be supplied. 3.005 worm & worm wheel experimental set up of worm and worm wheel arrangement is to be equipped with one worm wheel ( 40 teeth ) of 250 mm dia. with an integral drum having single start thread of 120 mm dia. made of cast iron that meshes with worm wheel, a cast iron made effort wheel of more than 25 cm diameter is mounted on the worm shaft and including of all accessories ( i.e. effort pan, load hangers, cotton rope of sufficient length, wooden scale ( 1m ) 02 nos ) , etc ) , two sets of additional weights for load ( starting from 1 kg up to 5 kg in steps of 500 gm ) and effort ( starting from 10 gm to 200 gm with all available combination. ) for weight hanging cotton rope of sufficient length are to be supplied along this setup. hard copy ( two sets ) of instruction / laboratory manual along with calculation sheet is to be supplied. 3.006 weston’s differential pulley block experimental set up for differential pulley block having ceiling mounting arrangement is to be equipped with a cast iron double sheave pulley block having 16 no. of cogs on bigger pulley and 8 no. of cogs on smaller pulley mounted on steel shaft that rests on sturdy cast iron bracket and moving freely on two bearings. a snatch pulley of 10 cm diameter with hook at bottom shall be supplied along with a endless steel chain, and a hook for placing the effort weights. two sets of additional weights for load ( starting from 1 kg upto 5 kg in steps of 500 gm ) and effort ( starting from 10 gm to 200 gm with all available combination. ) for weight hanging cotton rope of sufficient length are to be supplied along this setup. hard copy ( two sets ) of instruction / laboratory manual along with calculation sheet is to be supplied. 3.007 rockwell hardness testing machine rockwell cum rockwell superficial hardness tester must confirm to is 1586, is 3804, is 5072 and is 5073 ( all latest edition ) with suitably fabricated body, with in built leveling screw at body base; the hardness measurement scales for direct reading of rockwell scales hrc, hrb, hra, hrn & hrt with major load of 15, 30, 45, 60, 100&150 kgf ) & minor loads ( 3 / 10kgf ) in all scales; test force application hydraulic application system / automatic ( dash pot ) ; max. test height 230mm; depth of throat 133mm; auto zero setting dial gauge; least count for rockwell tester should be 1.0 and for rockwell superficial tester it should be 1.0; net wt. not less than 60 kg ; approximate m / c dimensions – l 450, w 260, h 625; rockwell & rockwell test consists of forcing an indentor ( diamond or ball ) into the surface of the test piece in two steps i.e. first with preliminary test force & thereafter with additional test force & then measuring depth of indentation after removal of additional test force ( remaining preliminary test force active ) for measurement of depth of penetration. the machines should be suitable for rockwell tests. this is motorized digital hardness testers having lcd display for easy hardness measurement. the results displayed in 0.1 rockwell unit for more accurate measurement. the machine for rockwell & rockwell superficial test a preliminary test force in first applied and then indicator is automatically set for zero. quickly thereafter an additional test force is applied without removing the preliminary test force. when the penetration is stabilized, the additional test force is removed and the hardness number is shown directly on the indicator. features: the machine body should have a taper front look & large size read out in the front. the machine should be powder coated for better look. the elevating screw of the machine is guided in a hardened & ground bush, not allowing movement of the elevating screw more that 0.05mm when raised to full height. a hardened & ground stepped brush is fixed on top of the main screw for location & rest surface for trouble free long life machine accuracy; an antifriction linear bearing with almost no clearance is to be provided for a perfect vertical movement of loading plunger with minimum friction. this enables testing of small dia pin or ball upto 3mm; all machine models are provided with automatic zero setting dial gauge hence zero setting at every test can be avoided. standard accessories: testing table 50 mm dia 1no; testing table 38 mm dia with “v” groove for round jobs 6 45 mm dia 1no; diamond indenter ( rockwell ) 1 no; steel ball indenter 1 / 16” with 5 spare balls 1 set; test block rockwell “c” 1 no; test block rockwell “b” 1 no; test block hr30 n 1 no; allen spanners 5 nos; screw driver 1no; clamping device 1 no; dash pot oil 1 no; wooden box for std. accessories 1 no; telescopic sleeves for elevating screw protection 1 set; machine cover 1 no; instruction manual 1no. specification of some critical items: test block: diamond tools; indenters: diamond tools; dial: baker / mituttyo; all fabricated steel body should with powder coating. hard copy ( two sets ) of instruction / laboratory manual along with calculation sheet is to be supplied 3.008 brinell hardness testing machine basic machine is to be designed with a hydraulic power pack and control circuit for effortless loading and unloading operation. an optical device with 14 x magnification is to be provided in front of the tester to project diameter of ball impression on glass screen with micrometer measuring system having 0.01 mm accuracy. the indenter must swivels & projects dia of ball impression immediately after unloading operation. these testers are suitable for measuring the hardness of all type of alloys parts with high degree of accuracy at all loads. these testers strictly conform to is 2281 2005. bs 100003 2 and astm 10. this tester has motorized loading & unloading cycle. this m / c should be capable to allow small loads for testing of aluminium & copper alloys. test loads: 500 to 3000 in stage of 250 kgf; initial load in kgf: zero; maximum test height: 380mm; throat:200 mm; depth of elevating screw below base: 180 mm approx.; approximate machine dimension: l1025 x w645 x h1175 approx. size of base: 400 x 740 mm approx.; net weight:450 kg. approx.; drive motor: 0.5 hp; mains power supply: 415v, 50 hz, 3 phase, ac; indentation measurement: direct reading optical device with 14x magnification; scale least count ( mm ) : 0.01 mm; diagonal measuring range: 1.0 to 6.0 mm; standard accessories: testing table dia 200 mm: 1 no.; 70 mm v groves testing table for round jobs of dia 10 to 80 mm: 1 no.; ball holder dia 5 mm: 1 no.; ball holder dia 10 mm: 1 no.; test block hbw 5 / 750: 1 no.; test block hbw 10 / 3000: 1 no.; allen spanner: 4 nos.; steel ball dia 5 mm: 5 nos.; steel ball dia 10 mm: 5 nos.; instruction manual: 1 book. specification of some critical items: objective lens make :cosmo; test block :diamond tools ( make ) ; indenters: diamond tools ( make ) ; bearing : nachi japan / ntn japan / fag; motor make: hindustan / kirloskar; pump make: gear hydro / greaves; hard copy ( two sets ) of instruction / laboratory manual along with calculation sheet is to be supplied. 3.009 charpy & izod impact testing machine ( mechanical type ) , impact tester is to be a simple & accurate means to produce & measure energy directly in charpy and izod scale. this tester is suitable for measuring the energy of all type of alloys parts with wide testing range from soft to hard & their results must be accurate. the test method confirmed to bs 131: part 4 1972, ( amended 15 august. 1933 ) , bsen iso 148:2:2016 and astm 10. for impact tester the pendulum is mounted on antifriction bearing, it has two starting positions, the upper one of charpy & the lower one for izod. charpy tested up to 300 j and izod 168 j, high accuracy & repeatability of measurement at all energy with in ±1%. max capacity: 300 j in charpy & 168 j in izod; min graduation : 2.0 j; machine dimension: 1.1 m x 0.45 m x h1.65m weight: 375 kg; base weight : 285 kg approx.; striker steel grade : en 36; anvil steel grade : en 36; bearing make : nachi, japan / fag / ntn; all casting used are steel cast grade. standard accessories: charpy / izod anvil block 1no. each; striker 2 no. ( charpy & izod ) ; weights 1 set; allen spanners 4 pcs.; instruction manual 1no. conforming to is 1598 ( 1977 ) hard copy ( two sets ) of instruction / laboratory manual along with calculation sheet is to be supplied. 3.010 universal testing machine universal testing machine: max. capacity: 400 kn; measuring range analogue: 0 400 kn, 0 200kn, 0 100kn & 0 40kn; load resolution analogue: 1st range: 1kn, 2nd range: 0.5kn, 3rd range: 0.25kn & 4th range: 0.1kn; load range with accuracy of measurement: ±1.0%: 8 to 400 kn; clearance for tensile at fully descended: working piston: 50 700 mm; clearance for compression test at fully: descended working piston: 0 700 mm; clearance between columns: 500 mm; ram stroke : 200 mm; straining / piston speeds: 0 150 mm / min; should be enable hydraulic wedge action grip; continuous roll autographic recorder supplied as standard to enable study of the behaviour of materials; motor driven threaded columns for quick effortless adjustment of middle crosshead to facilitate rapid fixing of test specimen; arrangement for easy change from plain to screwed specimen; should have simple control for the ease of operation, must be made of robust straining frame of an extremely rigid construction ( spheroidal graphital iron ) , automatic load selector for all range, fully enclosed and protected pendulum. universal testing machine is to be designed for testing metals & other materials under tension, compression, bending, and transverse & shear loads. load is applied by hydrostatically lubricated ram. main cylinder pressure is transmitted to the cylinder of the pendulum dynamometer system housed in the control panel. the cylinder of the dynamometer is also of self lubricating design. the load transmitted to the cylinder of the dynamometer is transferred through a lever system to a pendulum. displacement of the pendulum actuates the rack and pinion mechanism which operates the load indicator pointer and autographic recorder. the machine consists of straining unit: this consists of a cylinder motor with chain & sprocket drive & a table coupled with the ram of the hydraulic cylinder, mounted on to the robust base. the cylinder & the ram are individually lapped to eliminate friction. the upper crosshead is rigidly fixed to the table by two strengthened columns. the lower crosshead is connected to two screwed columns which are driven by a motor. axial loading of the ram is ensured by relieving the cylinder & ram of any possible side loading by the provision of ball seating. an elongation scale, with a minimum graduation of 1mm, is provided to measure the deformation of the specimen. tension test is conducted by gripping the test specimen between the upper & lower cross heads. compression, transverse, bending, shear & hardness tests are conducted between the lower crosshead & the table. the lower crosshead can be raised or lowered rapidly by operating the screwed columns, thus facilitating ease of fixing of test specimen. control panel: the control panel consists of power pack complete with drive motor & an oil tank, control valves & analogue dial unit. power pack: the power pack generates a maximum pressure of 200kg / cm2. the hydraulic pump provides continuously non pulsating oil flow. hence the load application is very smooth. hydraulic controls: hand operated release valve & motorized control valve are used to control the flow to & from the hydraulic cylinder. the regulation of the oil flow is infinitely variable. incorporated in the hydraulic system is a regulating valve which maintains a practically constant rate of piston movement. control by this valve allows extensometer reading to be taken. load indicator system: this system consists of a large dial and a pointer. a dummy pointer is provided to register the maximum load reach during the test. different measuring ranges can be selected by operating the range selection knob. an overload trip switch is incorporated which automatically cut out the pump motor when the load range in used in exceeded accuracy & calibration: the machine is to be calibrated over each of its measuring ranges in accordance with the standards as laid down in is: 1828: part1: 1991 & is 1608 ( 2005 ) . an accuracy of ±1% is to be guaranteed from 2% to 100% of the capacity of the machine. some component specification of critical items: hydraulic motor make : remi; gear motor make : ravi, power pack of hydraulic grip: polyhydron systems pvt ltd., bearing make : kg, nachi, japan, skf, ntn japan; all casting are to be of steel cast grade; panel & measuring panel should be powder coated; screw & column should be hard crome plating. for any change authority’s approval is needed. standard accessories: for tension test: a ) grips for round specimen: dia mm ) φ10~φ20, φ20~φ30, φ30~φ40 3 sets; b ) grips for flat specimen thickness ) 0~10 mm, 10 20 mm, 20 30mm ( width 65mm ) 3 sets; for transverse test: table with adjustable rollers width of rollers 160mm, diameter of rollers 30mm, max. clearance between supports 500mm, ; radius of punch tops 12mm, 16mm 1 set; pair of compression plates dia. 120mm – 1 set; shear test attachments: 0 20 mm size dia ( double shear ) 1 set; high pressure hydraulic pack: hydraulic pack separate for gripping device & loading hydraulically 2 set; mechanical extensometer double dial display: measuring range: 0 3mm, thickness or dia of specimen: 1 20mm, gauge length 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 100 & 120mm – 1 set; foundation are to be made as per foundation drawing, machine should be installed on the foundation, power connections are to be made, hydraulic oil or any other oil required for commissioning the machine has to be supplied for commissioning. 2 hard copies of operation manual with electric wiring diagram and hydraulic circuit diagram & laboratory manual are to be supplied along with the set up and installation & demonstration are to be given to the users. hard copy ( two sets ) of instruction / laboratory manual along with calculation sheet is to be supplied. 3.011 torsion testing machine electronic torsion testing machine of capacity 100 nm capacity: maximum torque capacity: 5 nm to 100nm; torque resolution: 0.04 nm; torque range: 100, 50 & 20 nm; angle of twist resolution: 1 degree; clearance between grips : 0 420mm; accuracy of torque measurement: ±1% in the range from 4% to 100% of machine capacity; motor ( 440v, 3 phase & 50 hz ) : 0.5 hp; machine is conduct test slowly by a handle which facilitates finding modulus of rigidity “g”; graph provision should be there for torque vs angle of twist graph & to calculate various parameters like torsional shear strength, modulus of rigidity etc. standard accessories: display : dial pointer display; the machine should be suitable for torsion and twist tests on various metal rods & flats; torque should be measured by torque dial indicator & angle of twist measure by rotary dial; geared motor should apply the torque to the specimen through gear box; grip for round specimen: 4 8mm, 8 12mm dia.; grip for flat specimen : 2 8 mm width 25mm; the display of torque & angle of twist on dial; machine manual: 1 sets. specification of some critical item: gear motor make : ravi; bearing make: nachi, japan / ntn, japan / skf foundation are to be made as per foundation drawing, machine should be installed on the foundation, power connections are to be made, hydraulic oil or any other oil required for commissioning the machine has to be supplied for commissioning. 2 hard copies of operation manual with electric wiring diagram and hydraulic circuit diagram & laboratory manual are to be supplied along with the set up and installation & demonstration are to be given to the users. hard copy ( two sets ) of instruction / laboratory manual along with calculation sheet is to be supplied. 3.012 air conditioning tutor, the laboratory model of air conditioning tutor unit consists of ducting fitted with various air conditioning components. air flow is to be provided within duct of size 200 mm x 200mm by an axial flow fan and within the flow path heaters, cooling coil and steam humidifier connections are to be provided. cooling circuit consists of a hermetically sealed compressor; air cooled condenser, thermostatic expansion valve, and evaporator. specifications: cooling circuit: compressor hermetically sealed ( kirloskar make ) for 2 / 3 tr with freon 2.; condenser air cooled type , made by copper tubing with fins, with a condenser cooling fan ( ge ) – reqd. capacity, evaporator coil – to be made from copper tube.expansion devices: thermostatic expansion valve ; rotameter ( glass tube type ) for measuring the flow of refrigerant, pressure gauges for high pr and low pr. measurement, hp / lp cutout, digital temperature indicators for measurements of temperature at various points energy meter for compressor input power condensate measuring arrangement. heating coil: air heater with input control provided with energy meter for input measurement ( heating capacity 1 kw ) . steam generator and injector for humidification of air. anemometer for measurement of air velocity ( range 0 – 15m / s ) , sling psychrometer to measure dbt and wbt, psychometric chart . this unit should be capable of cooling of atmospheric air, heating of air, humidification of air, dehumidification and heating of air. hard copies of instruction manual ( with schematic diagram, sample calculations and observation table ) & maintenance manual are to be supplied along with the set up at the time of installation & also demonstration are to be given. 3.013 bomb calorimeter with complete outfit, bomb calorimeter with complete outfit, suitable for analysis of heat of combustion organic matter as per the indian standard recommendation & consisting of standard accessories like bomb, bomb firing unit, valve for bomb, valve key, vibrator, timer, stirrer, o ring for stirrer, connecting tube, pressure gauges, thermometer, digital temperature measuring unit, pellet developing unit, beckman stainless steel crucible, ignition wire ( 2 m nichrome ) cotton reel, stand for bomb lid, hook for lifting bomb etc., and instruction manual. equipment should be capable of performing experiment as per is 1448 ( part 6 1984 or later ) , complete with supply of one oxygen gas cylinder –7.0 m3, gas charging unit ( pressure gauge, gas release valve, spanner for oxygen tube connection, gas pipe etc ) and benzoic acid 100 g. machine / setup manual – 01 set hard copies ( two sets ) of instruction / laboratory manual with sample calculations and observation are also to be supplied along with this setup. 3.014 cut out model of room air conditioner actual working model of window type room air conditioner ( new ) showing the details of all internal parts and connectivity among them for demonstration purpose.all internal components should be labeled properly. 3.015 cut section model of fire tube cochran boiler cut section model of fire tube cochran boiler model showing the details of all internal parts, boiler mountings and accessories for demonstration purpose. all internal components should be labeled properly. 3.016 cut section model of lancashire boiler, cut section model of lancashire boiler, model showing the details of all internal parts, boiler mountings and accessories for demonstration purpose. all internalcomponents should be labeled properly 3.017 cut section model of water tube babcock and wilcox boiler, cut section model of water tube babcock and wilcox boiler, model showing the details of all internal parts, boiler mountings and accessories for demonstration purpose. all internal components should be labeled properly. 3.018 cut section of actual hermetically sealed reciprocating compressor cut section of actual hermetically sealed new reciprocating compressor with rotating arrangement to show the reciprocating motion of compressor. cut section showing details of all internal parts and accessories for identification of components and demonstration purpose all internal components should be labeled properly. 3.019 refrigeration demonstration unit, laboratory model of refrigeration unit consist of different components that work on vapour compression refrigeration cycle. this unit contains: hermetically sealed compressor ( kirloskar make ) for 1 / 3 tr with cfc free refrigerant, expansion devices: capillary tube of required length and thermostatic expansion valve; evaporator coil made of copper coil; air cooled condenser made of copper tube; controls: services valve, solenoid valve, filter drier for refrigerant, hp / lp cutout, thermostat, measurement devices: digital temperature indicator for measurement of temperature at different locations, pr gauges for condensing and evaporating pr., energy meter for compressor input power, voltmeter and ammeter for compressor, rota meter for liquid flow measurement, etc. the unit should be capable of measure cop of the unit, refrigerating effect and work input. setup manual – 01 copy. instructional and laboratory manual with sample calculations are to be provided. installation and commissioning of said item are to be done. 3.020 separating & throttling steam calorimeter with boiler, this laboratory setup is used to find out dryness fraction of steam by combined separating and throttling calorimeter. the steam from steam mains is passed through separating calorimeter where it losses most of its moisture contents and become comparatively drier, it is then passed through the throttling calorimeter where superheating taking without change of total heat, the temperature and pressure place. this set up mounted on a portable steel structure fully instrumented to determine quality of steam at pressure of steam 8.0 10.0 kg / cm2 using separating calorimeter ( consist of two concentric chambers throttling calorimeter with steam condensing units, non ibr small steam boiler shell fitted with immersion heater ( not less than 3kw ) and furnished with safety valve, water level indicator, pressure gauge, blow off cock, over temperature protection, digital thermometer, steel lagging jacket, power supply for heating: 230 v, single phase ac. arrangement for drainage of balance water after experiment to be done. operation, maintenance and laboratory manual with calculation sheet are to be supplied along with this setup. 3.021 thermal solar water heating system, non pressurized solar water heater with evacuated tube set with measuring arrangement of pressure, temperature and quantity of water. capacity 100 liter. no. of evacuated tubes atleast 10 ( with suitable diameter & length ) anodized aluminum stand with angle adjustment arrangement, stainless steel water tank, max. operating pressure 0.5 mpa, complete installation & commissioning should be done by the supplier at the convenience of the user. operation, maintenance and laboratory manual with calculation sheet are to be supplied along with this setup. 3.022 stefan boltzmann’s apparatus, the apparatus consists of the following for carrying out the experiment to measure stefan boltzmann’s constant. the apparatus consists of a hemisphere surrounded by hot water. hot water is obtained from a water heating tank. when blackened disc is inserted at the centre of the hemisphere, the heat is transferred into the disc from hemisphere by radiation and its temperature begins to rise. the rate of temperature rise is measured at the intervals of 5 s. stefan boltzmann constant is determined . specification: water heating tank with electric immersion heater; hemisphere made of copper, 200 mm dia, surrounded hot water jacket of 250 mm dia; test disc made of copper 20 mm dia., 1.5 mm thick provided with thermocouple at the centre; multichannel digital temperature indicator 0 – 200 degree c with least count 0.1 degree c to measure temperature of hemisphere and disk; audible buzzer with timer to bell at every 5 s. setup manual – 01 copy. 2 hard copies of operation and laboratory manual with calculation sheet are to be supplied along with the apparatus.and installation & demonstration are to be given 3.023 dead weight pressure gauge tester it is used for calibration of pressure gauge ( range 1 70kg / cm2 with step 1 kg / cm2 and 0 – 7kg / cm2 with step 0.1 kg / cm2 ) , relationship between pressure acting on the known area of a vertically free floating piston producing a force balanced by known dead weight which is used on the dead weight pressure gauge tester. the main components of dead weight tester are a ) screw pump to generate pressure in the circuit, of adequate capacity and operated by turning the spoked handle, permits easy and accurate setting of pressure. b ) free piston assembly of special steel, hardened, tempered, ground and lapped to make accurate size and very fine surface finish to provide true floating action. c ) set of weights marked in convenient values of pressure ( in kgf / cm2 ) and easily stacked on the carrier weight box. 2 set of hard copies of operation and laboratory manual with calculation sheet are to be supplied along with the apparatus. 3.024 apparatus to measure thermal conductivity of a solid metallic rod the apparatus consists of a copper bar which is to be heated at one end and heat sink is to be provided at other end. the test section of the bar is properly to be insulated and thermocouples are to be attached at 8 locations along the length of the bar, heat conducted through the section of the bar is measured by the heat absorbed by water in water cooled heat sink. a panel containing different controls and measurement display is to be provided. specification: metal bar made of copper with diameter not less than 25 mm of adequate length provided with 8 thermocouples along the length, band heater at one end and water cooled ( rate of water flow 2 l / minute ) heat sink at other end. test portion of bar is properly to be insulated.; the panel contains voltmeter 1no, ammeter – 1 no, dimmer stat 0 – 230 v 2a , multichannel digital temperature indicator; measuring flask and stop watch and thermometer mercury glass ( 0 – 100 degree c ) . 2 set of hard copies of operation and laboratory manual with calculation sheet are to be supplied along with the apparatus. 3.025 shell and tube heat exchanger this experiment setup is to be made of two tube single pass heat exchanger. the hot water is to be provided from water heater 3 kw capacity. the hot water enters into the lower side of end box, flows through the tubes in lower half of the shell and comes to the other end of the shell. it reverses its direction, flows through the tubes in upper half and leaves out. cold water enters lower part of the shell passes over the tubes between the baffles and leaves out the shell through outlet at upper surface of shell. specification: shell – 150 nb having 750 mm length having 25% cut baffles – 4 nos. provided with end boxes ( one end box having divider plate ) ; tubes made of copper 4.5 mm i.d. and 6.35mm od and 250 mm length with triangular pitch; immersion water heater 3.5 kw capacity for providing hot water; thermometer ( 0 – 100 degree c ) for measuring water temperature, valves to control hot water and cold water. 2 set of hard copies of operation and laboratory manual with calculation sheet are to be supplied along with the apparatus. 3.026 heat exchanger parallel flow and counter flow type this experimental setup consists of two concentric tubes, inner tube consists of copper through which hot water flows. while the outer tube consists of gi pipe through which cold water flows. the arrangement enables the parallel and counter flow of the cold water. there should be a provision to measure inlet and outlet temperatures and the flow measurement arrangement so that lmtd and effectiveness of the heat exchangers can be compared. specification: inner cu tube 12.7 mm i.d. and outer gi pipe 15 mm i.d. and 1.5 m long; thermometer ( 0 – 100 degree c ) – 4 nos., measuring flask – 1 l capacity ( borosil make ) ; geyser 3kw 230v 50 hz . 2 set of hard copies of operation and laboratory manual with calculation sheet are to be supplied along with the apparatus. 3.027 single stage, single cylinder reciprocating compressor this experimental setup consists of a single stage air compressor at least 7 kg / cm2 pressure ( elgi make ) fitted with air receiver ( at least 20 m3 volume ) with orifice meter, pressure gauges and energy meter to measure input of the compressor and digital temperature indicators to measure temperatures at various locations. the compressor is to be mounted on the air receiver along with the motor and is to be provided with safety valve ( air relief valve ) and a pressure switch. this unit should be equipped such that it is capable to determine volumetric efficiency and isothermal efficiency at various discharge pressure. specification: air compressor – single stage, single cylinder type driven by 2 hp, 3 phase motor mounted on air receiver provided with delivery valve; air tank and orifice meter with water manometer for air intake measurement; pressure gauges to measure air pressure in air receiver and delivery pressure, multichannel digital temperature indicator to measure temperature at various locations; energy meter to measure input power; a hand tachometer.2 set of hard copies of operation and laboratory manual with calculation sheet are to be supplied along with the apparatus. 3.028 cam analysis apparatus, this experimental setup is to be made to study the cam profiles and performance of cam – follower system. this setup consists of a shaft made of alloy steel by ball / roller bearings upon which different types of cam can be mounted separately. the push rod for follower is to be placed vertically which can adopt all the followers separately. this should be designed such that cams and followers can be changed very easily. a variable speed motor is to be coupled to the cam shaft for changing the speed of the cam shaft. arrangement to be provided for attaching a dial gauge ( 0 – 10 mm displacement with 0.01 mm least count , baker or mittutoyo make ) on the push rod and a rotating disk graduated for 360 degree with 1 degree step mounted on cam shaft for preparing cam profile. by operating the system at various speed jump speed can be found and also the effect of weight and spring force can be studied. the apparatus consists of the following: • cams eccentric, tangent and circular type ( all are to be hardened ) ; followers – flat faced, mushroom head, roller and knife edge ( all are to be hardened ) ; weight set; compression spring; motor variable speed d.c. motor, 1 / 4 hp; speed control unit; dial gauge; tachometer; and stroboscope. cam & followers must be made of case hardened steel. 2 hard copies of operation manual and laboratory manual with calculation sheet are to be supplied along with the apparatus. and installation & demonstration are to be given within one month of supply of set up. 3.029 actual cut section working model of synchromesh gear box 4 forward speed & 1 reverse speed with single plate clutch actual cut section working model of synchromesh gear box 4 forward speed & 1 reverse speed with single plate clutch. the working of gear box is to be shown with the help of actual parts assembled on square iron frame. all the parts of the gear box are to be shown in actual working form for demonstration of gear box. all internal details of this working model should be properly labeled. 3.030 actual cut section model of constant mesh gear box, actual cut section working model of constant mesh gear box mounted on steel frame showing details of all components for demonstration purpose. all necessary parts of gear box are to be provided in actual working form. all internal details of this working model should be properly labeled. 3.031 actual cut section model of differential gear box with rear axle assembly actual cut section working model of differential gear box with rear axle assembly fully floating type with manual rotating arrangement of ambassador car mounted on steel frame showing details of all components for demonstration purpose. all internal details of this working model should be properly labeled. 3.032 static and dynamic balancing of rotating masses apparatus this setup is to be made to carry out both static and dynamic balance of rotating mass system. this setup consists of a stainless steel shaft fixed on a rectangular frame. a set of four blocks with a clamping arrangement is to be provided. for static balancing, each block is to be individually clamped on shaft. for dynamic balancing, a moment polygon is to be drawn using relative weights and angular and axial position of blocks to be determined. the blocks are to be clamped on the shaft and the shaft is rotated by a motor. the system is to be provided with angular and longitudinal scale required to measure the position of mass. specification: drive dc motor 0.5 kw 230 v 50 hz with speed controller; balancing weight – 4 nos. of stainless steel with different sized eccentric mass for varying unbalance; rotating having required diameter made of ss; instrument panel should consist of digital tachometer, strain gauge indicator, on / off switch, etc. 2 hard copies of operation manual and laboratory manual with calculation sheet are to be supplied along with the apparatus. and installation & demonstration are to be given within one month of supply of set up 3.033 universal governor apparatus, the setup consists of a main spindle driven by variable speed motor. different governor assembly like watt, porter, hurtnell and proell governor can be mounted upon the spindle. an arrangement is to be made to measure the lift of the governors at various speeds. by using the data characteristics of the governors and performance of the governors like sensitivity, stability and effort of the governor can be studied. the apparatus consists of the following: drive unit d.c. motor, 1 / 4 hp, 1500 rpm ; belt and pulley system to give spindle speed 100 to 500 rpm ;governor mechanisms with spring and spring compression arrangement and sliding weights for porter and proell governor for the governors: watt governor, porter governor, hartnell governor and proell governor; scale and pointer to measure governor lift 2 hard copies of operation manual and laboratory manual with calculation sheet are to be supplied along with the apparatus. and installation & demonstration are to be given within one month of supply of set up. 3.034 power transmitted by any belt drive using any one dynamometer setup consists of a variable speed motor ( dc ) , driving pulley and driven pulley of equal diameter. pulleys are mounted on motor shaft and brake drum shaft. the driven pulley can slide on the base with bearing block to change initial tension in belt. brake drum is mounted on driven shaft to measure power output. a two channel digital rpm indicator is to be provided to measure rpm of input / output shaft. specification: dc motor – 1 hp, 1500 rpm with variable speed controller, brake drum with spring balance, steel pulleys ( driver and driven of same diameter ) ; endless flat belt ( of fabric belt, canvas belt and rubber belt ) ; belt tightening arrangement, speed controller unit, two channel rpm indicator, stroboscope. this setup should be made such that following experiment can be done: co efficient of friction between belt and pulley; power transmitted; percentage of slip; and creep zone. 3.035 single shoe brake – working model this model consists of a brake drum, mounted on a shaft free to rotate in bearing and is to be provided with brake lever. the whole assembly is to be mounted on iron base. all internal details of this working model should be properly labeled. 3.036 band brake – working model this model consists of a brake drum, mounted on a shaft free to rotate in bearing and a flexible band is to be wrapped partly around the drum. the braking action is to be done with help of lever. the whole assembly is to be mounted on iron base. all internal details of this working model should be properly labeled. 3.037 plate clutch – working model this working unit is to be made of metal parts with operating levers to demonstrate the working principle of plate clutch. the whole assembly is to be mounted on iron base. all internal details of this working model should be properly labeled. 3.038 multi plate clutch – working model this working unit is to be made of metal parts with operating levers to demonstrate the working principle of multi plate clutch. the whole assembly is to be mounted on iron base. all internal details of this working model should be properly labeled....

Technical Education and Training Department - West Bengal

22736944 procurement of equipments, instruments, machineries, tools etc. related to laboratories and workshops of physics, chemistry, civil engineering, mechanical engineering, electronics and telecommunication engineering in the kalimpong govt. polytechnic, kalimpong, dist. kalimpong, 734301 1.001 air permeability apparatus ( blaine type ) : with isi certification mark is;5516 fitted in aluminium box with permeability cell made of brass, perforated metal disc. plunger. ‘u’ tube manometer with rubber coupling for the above noted cell, mounted on stand. rubber stopper. latex rubber tube, 30 cm long [ all weather compatible ] filter paper discs ( twelve nos. ) . dibutylphthalate liquid, 250 ml bottle – 2 nos. punch. non perforated disc. suction bulb and all other accessories required as per is code. it should be supplied with standard cement required for calibration ( calibration to be done by the supplier in presence of concerned authority ) and mercury of requisite quantity, crucible 1.002 sieve: of brass frame 20cm dia x 90 micron [ bis:460 part i & ii 1985, reaffirmed 2008 ] material of construction: brass type: seamless weight: preferably 250gm 350gm wire mesh preferably imported quality, isi marked 1.003 vicat apparatus with isi certification mark is:5513:1976 or latest fitted in aluminium box ( is 1727, 2541 ( p.1 ) , 2645, 4031 ) a frame with a vertically movable rod having a cap at the top; mild stee glass plate the mould is in the form of frustum of a cone having internal diameter at lower and upper end 70 and 60 mm respectively and a height of 40 ± 0.2 mm. needle for initial setting time determination: the needle is circular / rectangular in cross section having a cross sectional area of 1mm².with flat end. 3set needle for final setting time determination: having a cross sectional area of 1mm² with flat one end and a collar at the other end having dia of 5 mm and needle projects beyond the collar by 0.5 mm – 3set polished brass plunger with a projection at the upper end for insertion into the movable rod with flat lower end dia 10 mm, 50 mm long 3set sample capacity : 400 gms. ( ordinary portland, rapid hardening portland, low heat portland ) front scale should be made with brass ( can be measured from top and bottom ) provided with standard bottom glass plate for mould as per is code 1.004 vibrating machine is:10080 1982 the machine issued for compaction of 70.6 mm cube specimens of cement mortar under standard vibration required for determination of compressive strength of cement. consists of a frame on four coiled spring to carry a cube mould and an eccentric revolving shaft mounted on ball and roller bearing. the machine is so balanced that the vibration from the eccentric impact will bring shm to the mould carrier and mould frequency of vibration : 12000±400 per minute. the drive from the notor to the eccentric shaft is through an endless flat belf running over teh crouwned pulley. suitable for operation on 220v, 50h single phase supply, one time switch one 70.6 mm isi marked cube mould ( ) with hopper. 1.005 analogue compression testing machine, capacity 3000kn, electrically operated, three gauge ( 2000 kn, 1000 kn, 500 kn ) confirm is – 14858 ( 2000 ) with nccbm certified load gauge. electrically operated fully welded of steel cross head and machined steel base with solid support plates . the hydraulic jack of 2000kn capacity is fixed on the base. the upper platen has got a self aligning action. the lower platen rests on the jack ram and is positioned centrally with the help of a centering pin. loading is accomplished by the upward movement of the lower platen. both the lower and the upper platens are hardened, ground and polished. guidelines are marked on the lower platen to keep the specimen centrally and co axially with the hydraulic jack. a dust cover is provided on the jack to prevent any dust going into the cylinder of the jack. four spacers with locating pins are provided to be inserted in between the lower platen and the hydraulic jack to reduce the excessive gap between the two platens when small specimens along with brick platen are required to be tested. motorized pumping unit : motorized pumping unit of 2000kn is housed in an elegant cabinet and is of two speed design driven by an electric motor. a connector is fixed to connect the motor to the mains through on off push button switch . slow and fast lever which is fitted with a knob. to and fro movement of this lever, coarse adjustment of rate of loading can be done. fine adjustment can be done by rotating the knob fitted on this lever. release valve preferred to be provided on the top of the pump. pressure can be released by unscrewing the knob. oil reservoir is fitted with oil filler plug cum dipstick , drain plug , and safety valve the unit is suitable for operation on 220 volts, 1 phase, 50 cycles ac supply. 3 general specification: least count : 0.1 kn. accuracy: + 1% platen max clearance: 370 mm. upper swiveling arrangement. side plate distance ( max ) : 340 mm size of platen: 222.0 mm dia. platen hardness: 60 bhn piston dia : 222.2 mm. piston stroke : 50 mm. specimen sizes : 70.6mm, 100mm, 150mm cube and 150 mm dia x 300 mm height of cylinder. frame stiffness : 2000 kn / mm. pump noise level : within 65 db sample viewing port: 305 x 460 mm with poly acrylic transparent sheet. 1.006 le chatelier mould with isi certification mark is:5514 reaffirmed 2011: used for determination of soundness of cement and class a and class b limes. consists of one split cylinder 30 mm dia x 30 mm high made of spring brass with two indicator arms, two glass plate, two lead weight approx 100 grams resilience of the mould shall be such that the action of a mass of 300g applied shall increase the distance between the needle indicator ends by 17.5 ± 2.5mm without permanent deformation. 1.007 le chatelier water bath: it is a double walled water bath made from heavy gauge copper sheet for maintaining the temperature of water at 27 ± 2° c. glass wool insulation is provided between the walls. an immersion type heater, with thermostat and a energy regulator are provided for controlling the temperature. a removable rack to hold 6 12 standard le chatlier moulds, is also supplied. suitable for operation on 220 / 230 v, 50 hz, single phase supply. 1.008 autoclave, with analogue pressure gauge & temp controller as per is: 4031 ( part 3 ) . used for accelerated soundness tests on cement. it can also be used for other accelerated testing requiring constant steam pressure up to 21 / kg. sq. cm. consists of 1. one high pressure steam chamber ( 150 id x 400 long ) made of stainless steal tube with bolted steal cover, enclosed inheat insulated metal housing 2. strip heater ( with thermostat regualor, 2 toggle switch ) for regualting rate of heating, preset pressure switch [ to control and maintain the steam pressure in the chamber ] , steam pressure gauge [ max capaacity 42 kg / sq. cm, spring loaded safety valve [ adjusted to work at 23 kg / sq. cm pressure, blower for accelarated cooling, one test bar holder [ eight specimen inside the steam chamber in the vertical position. 1.009 graduated measuring cylinder: of transparent material ( glass – make borosil ) ; thermally protected, 1000 cc mixing bowl having capacity of 2000 cc or above electrical stirrer ( specification given separately below ) 1.010 by gravimetric method: as per is: 2386 part ii ( 1963 ) a. a water tight screw toped glass jar ( dimensions similar to 1 kg fruit preserving jar ) b. a device for rotating the jar about its long axis with this axis horizontal at a speed 80±20 c. a sedimentation pipette of anderson type approx 25 mm. d. a measuring cylinder of 1000 ml capacity e. scale balance of capacity not less than 10 kg and accurate to 1g f. scale balance of capacity not less than 250 g and accurate to 0.001 g g. a well ventilated oven, thermostatically controlled to maintain a temp of 100 – 110 °c h. sodium oxalate, distilled water 1.011 for proper compaction of concrete cube moulds and cylinders; table top 50 cm x 50 cm; suitable for holding 6 cube mould of 150 mm side, has stops at the periphery to prevent the moulds from sliding off the table top during operation; suitable for operation 220 v, 50hz, single phase ac supply 1.012 graduated measuring cylinder: of transparent material ( glass – make borosil ) thermally protected 1000 cc / 500cc / 250cc / 100cc / 50 cc 5 nos of each variety comprises a set [ may be used for other test also ] 1.013 as per bis: 383 1970 sieve brass frame 20cm dia material of construction: brasstype: seamless weight: preferably 250gm 350 gm wire mesh preferably imported quality. size: 10 mm, 4.75 mm, 2.36 mm, 1.18 mm, 600 micron, 300 micron, 150 micron, pan at bottom and lid at top for 20cm dia. sieves material of construction: brass type: seamless; weight: preferably 250gm 350gm [ bis:460 part i & ii 1985, reaffirmed 2008 ] along with brush for cleaning sieves, especially for lower sieves ( 2 nos ) 1.014 sieve shaker, motorised having as tardy cast iron body, the shaker has an inclined sieve table which can accommodate a max of seven sieves of 200 mm dia. an adjustable top clamping plate is provided to hold the sieves. the table has agyratory motion in addition to up and down jolting action. the operating gear assembly is enclosed in an oil bath fitted with transparent oil level indicating window. suitable for operating on 220v, 50hz, single phase supply. time switch adjustable from 0 60 minutes. lid and receiver for 200 mm dia sieves, made of brass. adopter for 300 mm dia sieves 1.015 pycnometer with necessary attachment as per relevant is code 1.016 aggregate impact test for determining the aggregate impact value and has been designed in accordance with test procedure as in 2386 part iv reaffirmed in 2011, is:9377 1979. 1. fitted in a automatic blow counter 2. a heavy circular base with two vertical guides fitted with a cross bar at the top 3. a hammer of 13.75 kg mass which can be raised and allowed to fall freely through 380±5 mm with locking arrangement 4. a cylindrical mould, a metal measure and a tamping rod 10 mm dia x 230 mm long. 1.017 los angeles abrasion testing machine: ( is: 10070 1982 ) [ test procedure as in 2386 part iv reaffirmed in 2011 ] ( with counter ) is for determining the resistance to wear off small size coarse aggregates and crushed rock. the machine consists of the following: hollow cylinder mounted on a sturdy frame on ball bearing capable of rotating about its axis in a horizontal position. 2. a detachable shelf at a distance of 1250 mm from the opening along the circumference in the direction of motion extending throughout the inside length of the drum to catch the abrasive charge and does not allow it to fall on the cover. 3. revolving speed of the drum 30 33 rpm by a suitable electricl motor through a heavy duty reduction gear. 4. tray for collection of materials. 5. abrasive charge a set of 12 nos hardened steel ball of 48 mm dia, each wighing approx 390 450 gram 6. suitable for operation on 440 v, 50 hz, 3 phase supply 1.018 aggregate crushing value apparatus ( 150 mm ) is :9376 1979 crushing value apparatus is used for measuring resistance of an aggregate to crushing, as per test procedure as in 2386 part iv reaffirmed in 2011. aggregate crushing value apparatus ( 150 mm ) is :9376 1979. consisting of the following components: cylindrical cell 150 mm dia, fitting plunger, suitable base plate, tamping rod and metal meaure as per dimensions refered in the above noted codes of practice 1.019 is: 2386 ( part iii ) 1963, is: 10079 1982 required for determining the bulk density or unit weight of aggregates. three calibrated cylindrical measures one each of 3 litre, 15 litre and 30 litre capacity made out of steel sheet with handles, complete with one tamping rod 16 mm dia x 60 cm long rounded at oneis: 2386 ( part iii ) 1963, is: 10079 1982 1.020 density basket is : 2386 ( part iii ) – 196 for determination of specific gravity and water absorption of aggregate. it is made of g.i. wire mesh of approximate size 20 cm dia x 20 cm high. complete with handle. 1.021 bouyancy balance: a multipurpose type of unit with electronic balance for the determination of density of the sample, weight in water, volume of the sample or for thea analysis of fresh concrete.consist of : a. a tubular frame, a carraige connected through chain to the rachet. balance is kept on the top of the table and has a hook for hanging the specimen, powel and rachet is provided to raise the plate form along the plastic container filled with water. capacity 16 kg. 1.022 standard pycnometer of capacity one litre and weighing balance of capacity 2 kg or more and accurate to 0.5 g for drying method or frying pan method weighing balance of capacity 2 kg or more and accurate to 0.5 g ( spec. given in the concerned item separately, frying pan / metal tray ( standard size capable of holding 1kg of coarse aggregate ) , hot air oven ( as given in specification for determination of moisture content of soil sample ) 1.023 as per bis: 383 1970 sieve g.i. frame material of construction: g.i; protective coating : powder coating; weight: preferably 800gm 900gm; wire mesh preferably imported quality size: 100mm, 80 mm, 63mm, 50mm, 40mm, 31.5 mm, 25 mm, 20mm, 16 mm, 12.5mm, 10mm, 6.3mm, 4.75mm, 2.36 mm, 1.7 mm, 1.18 mm, 600 micron, 300 micron, 150 micron, 90 micron, 75 micron [ bis:460 part i & ii 1985, reaffirmed 2008 ] pan and cover for 30cm dia sieves material of construction: g.i protective coating : powder coating upto 6.3 mm and the rest are made of brass ( as mentioned earlier ) weight: preferably 800gm 900gm; as per bis: 383 1970 1.024 slump test apparatus is: 7320 1974 used for determination of slump of fresh concrete mix as a measure of its consistency where the nominal size of aggregate does not exceed 38 mm. comprises of the following: a slump cone having 100 mm dia at the top, 200 mm dia at the bottom and 300 mm high with two cleats and lifting handles; base plate with clamping arrangement for the slump cone and swivel handle which also serves as the datum for measuring the slump; tamping rod 16 mm dia 60cm long wiht one end rounded and graduated from 0 15 cm in 0.5 cm spacing to measure the slump 1.025 . compaction factor apparatus is: 5515 1983 compaction factor apparatus for determination of workability of fresh concrete mixes of very low workability [ stiffer consitency ] such as those normally used with concrete, compacted by vibration. concrete mix having maximum size of aggregate not exceeding 38 mm, can be tested for workability. comprises of the following: two conical hoppers with trap doors, one cylindrical receiver 0.005 cu.m volume, a welded steel stand for mounting the hoppers and the receivers co axially at the specified distane mentioned in the concerned code of practice, two trowels one hand scoop and one standard tamping rod 16 mm dia x 600 mm long 1.026 vee bee consistometer is : 10510 1983 used for estimation of consistency of concrete mix by determination of the time required for transforming sample of fresh concrete in the form of a frustum of a cone into a cylinder by standard vibration. consists of the following: a slump cone 100 mm dia at top, 200 mm inside dia at base and 300 mm high, one container for the slump cone with two clamps and lifting handles, a vibrating table mounted on the rubber shock absorbers and having a swivel arm attached on one side carries a funnel on one side and a graduated rod with perspex disc on the other side. rod is graduated in cm to measure the slump and volume in the cylinder after vibration, suitable for operation on 440 v, 50hz and 3 phase supply 1.027 flow table ( as per is: 5512 ) : flow table ( handoperated ) is:1199 1959 used for determination of fluidity of cement concrete mixture where the nominal size of aggregate does not exceed 38mm. it comprises the following a machined table top 250 mm dia of gun metal fitted with vertical shaft having total weight 4.00±0.05 kg; a cast iron frame with a mechined base and a smooth vertical hole at the top for the table shaft. it has a horizontal shaft carrying a cam at one end and a hand wheel at the other. the cam allow a 12 mm drop of the table; a conical mould 100 mm inside dia at bottom, 70 mm inside dia at top and 50 mm high; mild steel base plate 250 mm x 250 mm x 25 mm approx for fixing to the underside of the flow table. 1.028 efflorescence test for brick: dish for immersion of bricks for detecting efflorescence of bricks is made of either porcelein or glass or glazed stoneware having dimensions of 180 mm x 180 mm x 40 mm deep ( square shaped ) or 200 mm dia x 40 mm deep ( cylindrical shaped ) . crushing strength test will be conducted in ctm [ specifications mentioned separately ] 1.029 rebound hammer test : is 13311: 1992 ( part2 ) useful for non destructive estimation of quality of concrete of a finished structure and its relative compressive strength. the instrument consists of a casing in which a hammer mass, special spring, hammer locking and release mechanism are housed. a spherical ended plunger projects at one end which, when pressed against the test surface, actuates the release mechanism of the hammer mass. it gives an impact on the plunger. the hammer mass rebounds after the impact and an indicator register the amount of rebound on a linear scale. the compressive strength of the material can be computed from the calibration curves supplied with each hammer. it gives results within 15% of actual compressive strength. supplied complete with a grinding stone in a carrying case. measuring range 10 70 n / mm2. impact energy required for different application is as for testing normal weight concrete 2.25 nm, for light weight concrete or small and impact sensitive parts of concrete 0.75 nm and for testing mass concrete, for example in roads, airfields pavements and hydraulic structures 30.00nm. the hammer mass rebounds after the impact and an indicator register the amount of rebound on a linear scale. the compressive strength of the material can be computed from the calibration curves supplied with each hammer. it gives results within 15% of actual compressive strength. supplied complete with a the testing anvil use before commencement of a test to ensure reliable results. the testing anvil should be of steel having brinell hardness of about 5 000 n / mm2. the supplier / manufacturer of the rebound hammershould indicate the range of readings on the anvil suitable for different types of rebound hammers along with a carrying case. 1.030 apparatus the apparatus for ultrasonic pulse velocity measurement shall consist of the following: a ) electrical pulse generator, b ) transducer one pair, c ) amplifier, and d ) electronic timing device. transducer:any suitable type of transducer operating within the frequency lange of 20 khz to 150 khz may be used. piezoelectric and magneto strictive types of transducers may be used, the latter being more suitable for the lower part of the frequency range.electronic timing device: it shall be capable of measuring the time interval elapsing between the onset of a pulse generated at the transmitting transducer and theonset of its arrival at the receiving transducer. two forms of the electronic timing apparatus are possible, one of which uses a cathode ray tube on which the leading edge of the pulse is displayed in relation to the suitable time scale, the other uses an interval timer with a direct reading digital display. if both the forms of timing apparatus are available, the interpretation of results becomes more reliable.the apparatus should be capable of measuring transit times to an accuracy of ±1 percent over a range of 20 microseconds to 10 milliseconds.for this, it is necessary to check the overall performance by making measurements on two standard reference specimens in which the pulse transit times are known accurately. the two reference specimens ( usually steel bars ) should have pulse transit times of about 25 microseconds to 100 microseconds respectively; these times. being specified by the supplier of the equipment to an accuracy of ±0.2 microsecond. the shorter of the reference specimens should be used to set the zero for the apparatus and the longer one should be used to check the accuracy of transit time measurement of the apparatus. the measurement obtained should not differ from the known value for the reference specimen by more than ± o.5 percent. the electronic excitation pulse applied to the transmitting transducer should have a rise time of not greater than one quarter of its natural period. this is to ensure a sharp pulse onset. the interval between pulses should be low enough to ensure that the onset of the received signal in small concrete test specimens is free from interference by reverberations produced within the preceding working cycle. the apparatus should maintain its performance over the range of ambient temperature, humidity and power supply voltage stated by the supplier. 1.031 key features are identical to model s, with additional key features: * cyber scan functions for displaying the reinforcement. * measuring with grid function for grey scale display of concrete cover. the objects of both functions can be stored, printed out directly and transferred to a pc. • 1 nos. probe carriage scan car with path measuring device and path measuring device cable 1.55 m for scanning, • 1 nos. interface converter to printer with parallel interface, with 2.0 m cable. features •allows the detection of rebars • measurement of concrete cover depth and rebar diameter • correction functions for the influence of neighbouring bars • the cover meter offers optical as well as acoustic locating aids • storage of 40’000 individual cover values and statistical analysis ( 160’000 with model scanlog ) • data transfer function from the cover meter to a pc and evaluation using the pro vista analysis software, included with the cover meter. applications • locate rebars with the cover meter to avoid them when drilling holes • acceptance inspection of cover after formwork is removed • measuring concrete cover depth with the cover meter • quality assurance in mass production of prefabricated concrete elements • profometer 5+ cover meter model scanlog is especially suited for large areas and when comprehensive reporting is required system technical data: memory non volatile memory for 40000 measured values 160’000 ) and 60 objects respectively display lcd with backlight, 128 x 128 pixels interface rs 232 or with adapter for usb port on pc software pro vista for downloading data and evaluation on pc batteries six 1.5 v for 45 h operation; 30 h with backlight on measuring range of the cover meter operating temperature 0 °c to +60 °c storage temperature 10 °c to +60 °c cover depth measurements small range up to 100 mm ( 3.94 in. ) large range up to 185 mm ( 7.28 in. ) diameter measurement up to a cover of 70 mm ( 2.76 in. ) standardization the following standards can be applied to the cover meter: • bs 1881 part 204 • din 1045 • sn 505 262 • dgzfp b2 ( recommendation ) including 390 00 270 test block with nabl / nccbm certificate 1.032 is: 1203, 1448 ( p: 60 ) , 310, ip 49 for determining the grade of bitumen it has a base with levelling screws on which a vertical pillar is mounted. a head together with dial plunger rod and needle slides on the pillar and can be clamped at any desired position. a rack, pinion and pointer assembly provides fine adjustment to the needle and slipping clutch mechanism enables accurate penetration. graduated in 40 x0.1 mm divisions. 1. a penetrometer, 2. a cylindrical container ( 55 mm dia, 35 mm in depth;70 mm dia and 45 mm depth ) 3. needle 4. water bath along with bath thermometer 5. trnasfer dish or tray for complete immersion of the sample. 6. unless otherwise specified, load the needle holder with the weight required to make a total moving weight ( that is, the sum of the weights of the needle, carrier and superimposed weights ) of 100± 0.25 g. container a metal or glass cylindrical, flat bottom container of essentially the following dimensions shall be used: for penetrations below 225: diameter: 55 mm internal depth:35 mm for penetrations between 225 and 350: diameter: 70 mm internal depth: 45 mm needle a straight, highly polished, cylindrical, stainless steel i ( ss 316 ) , rod, with conical and parallel portions co axial, having the shape, as per is 1203 1978. the needle is provided with a shank approximately 3 mm in diameter into which it is immovably fixed. the taper shall be symmetrical and the point shall be blunted by grinding to a truncated cone. water bath : water bath preferably with a thermostat maintained at 25 .0 ± 0.10°c containing not less than 10 litres of water.the sample being immersed to a depth of not less than 100 mm from the top and supported on a perforated shelf not less than 50 mm from the bottom of the bath. transfer dish a small dish or tray, provided with some means which ensure a firm bearing and prevent the rocking of the container. and of such capacity as will ensure complete immersion of the container during the test. penetration apparatus any apparatus which will allow the needle to penetrate without appreciable friction, and which is accurately calibrated to yield results in tenths of millimetre shall be adopted. thermometer it shall conform to the is 1803 1978. time device for hand operated penetrometers, any convenient timing device, such as electric timer, stop watch, or any other spring actuated device may be used provided it is graduated 0.1 s or less and is accurate to within ±o.1 s for a 60 s interval. an audible seconds counter adjusted to provide 1 beat each 0.5 s may also be used.the time for a l l count interval shall be 5 ± 0.1 s. any automatic timing device attached to a penetrometer shall be accurately calibrated to provide the desired test interval within ± 0.1 s. the dial is graduated in 40 x 0.1 mm divisions or automatic digital readout equipment. easy reading is made possible by using a red needle against black graduated figures. supplied complete with one 50 gms and 100 gms weight without cone or needle. hot plate suitably mounted and heated either electrically or by means of a gas flame, capable of maintaining the sa mple continuously at the required temperature, 1.033 ring and ball apparatus is: 1205, ip:58 / 63 bituminous material loaded by a 9.5 mm dia steel ball ( 2nos ) drops a specified distance when heated under specified conditions. the new design of ring and ball apparatus is compact user friendly and has better aesthetics. it has magnetic stirrer with heating facility and digital display of temperature, the heating can be adjusted through knob. suitable for operation on 220 v, 50 hz, single phase, ac supply. each unit is supplied with a bath of heat resistant glass and the following : tapered rings 2 nos. ball centering guide – 2 nos. steel balls of 9.5 mm dia 2 nos. ring holder 1 no. electric heater ( hot plate ) 1 no. a bath 8.5 cm dia x 12 cm deep approx. thermometer ip 60 c 1.034 pensky martens flash point ( closed ) tester ( electrically operated ) is: 1448 ( part 1 ) 1209, ip 34 / 58, for determining flash point of petroleum products ( above 49°c flash point range ) . it has a brass coil cup fitted with a heat resistance handle. the cup is provided with a lid which includes stirring device, a cover, shutter and a flame exposive device. the shutter is operated by a spring handle. a flexible shaft is provided in the hand operated stirrer. a cast iron stove is fitted with a metal top plate mounted on an upright member. supplied with a hot plate. the energy regulator controls the heating. suitable for operation on 220 v, 50 hz, single phase ac supply. 1.035 cloveland flash ( open ) and fire point apparatus [ electrically heated ] is: 1448 p:69 ip 36 / 63 for determining the flash and fire point of petroleum products: has a cleveland flash cup inbrass with an insulated handle, a metal heating plate with a circular opening covered by asbestos board, an electricl heater with energy regulator and a gas test jet assembly suitable for operation onn 220v, 50hz single phase supply. thermometer ip 28°c range 6°c to +400°c for use with cleveland flash and fire point apparatus. 1.036 ductility testing machine is: 1208 1978 for determining the ductility of asphaltic bitumen, native asphalt, cut back bitumen and blown type bitumen. it consists of three mould assemblies on a base plate. a separate briquette mould ( total length 75 ± 0.5 mm, distance between clips 30 ± 0.3 mm, width at mount of slip 20 ± 0.2 mm, width at minimum cross section 10 ± 0.1 mm, thickness throughout 10 ± 0.1 mm ) for casting the specimens is also supplied. a water bath of 10 litres capacity with a perforated shelf not less than 50 mm from the bottom of bath and a thermostat controller for heater. the machine has two standard rates of travel of 1 cm / mnt and 5 cm / mnt. the movable bracket can be arrested or released without switching off the motor by a clutch arrangement. suitable for operation on 220v, 50 hz, single phase ac supply. 1.037 viscometer ( electrically heated ) as per is 1206 part ii astm d 88, e 102 for determining the saybolt viscosity of pertoleum products within 70 210°f temperature range and saybolt furol viscosity of bituminous materials within 250 450 °f temperature range. consists of a cylindrical cup, a universal tip a furol tip a stirrur receiving flask a filter funnel a withdrawal tube thermometer support a bath fitted with immersion heater and auto transformer.suitable for operation on 220 v, 50 hz, single phase ac supply. 1.038 marshall apparatus ( electrically operated ) astm d 1559 supplied complete with proving ring ( 30 kn capacity ) & dial gauge ( least count 0.002 mm, provided with calibration certificate as per is: 4169 ) . for determining the resistance to plastic flow of cylindrical specimens of bituminous paving mixture loaded on its lateral surface. for use with hot mixture containing asphalt or tar and aggregate upto 25.4 mm max size. it consists of three cylindrical moulds 10.16 cm dia x 7.6 cm high with base plates and extension collars, a specimen extractor, two compaction hammers ( 4.5 kg, 457 mm fall ) a compaction pedestal, a breaking head assembly ( having radius of curvature 50 mm ) , a load transfer bar and a 50 kn loading unit. the motorised loading unit has a uniform rate of vertical movement of 50.8 mm / mnt. suitable for operation on 220v, 50 hz, single phase supply, along with all relevant accessories to conduct the test as per astm d 1559 1.039 universal testing machine capacity, 1000 kn loading accuracy as high as ±1% of the indicating value. the power pack has a directly driven pump which generates a maximum pressure of 200 kgf / cm2. the hydraulic pump produces a continuous non pulsating oil flow. hence the load application is very smooth. a pressure compensated flow control valve is provided which controls oil flow to the main cylinder. this maintains a constant rate of piston movement and hence straining rate is kept constant. this valve is hand operated and gives infinitely variable oil flow to obtain different rates of straining. has a micro processor based electronic panel, precision strain gauge type pressure transducer for load measurement, rotary encoder with rack for crosshead displacement / extension indication, rs 232 com port for pc interface, data entry for specimen dimension, serial number, gauge length. unit selection for load, displacement. results include load vs displacement curve, maximum displacement, uts, % elongation, are controlled for precision and accuracy during every stage of manufacturing. the machines are calibrated in accordance with is standards. utm comply with grade 1 of is : 1828 1991. an accuracy of ± 1% is guaranteed from 20% of the load range selected to full load. below 20% of the selected range the maximum permissible error is 0.2% of the full load reading. suitable for operation on 440 v, 50 hz, three phase, ac supply. specification: resolution: 0.01 kn; max clearance for tensile test: 50 – 850 mm max clearance for compression test: 0 – 850 mm; clearance between columns: 750 mm ram stroke: 250 mm frame stiffness :1500 kn / mm straining / piston speed at no load: 0 – 80 mm; for tension test clamping jaws for round specimens: 10 – 25 mm, 25 45mm, 8 15mm; clamping jaws for flat specimens thickness: 0 22mm, 22 44 mm and 44 – 65 mm flat specimen width: 70mm for compression test: pair of compression plates: 222 mm for transverse test: table with the adjustable rollers width of rollers:; 160 mm diameter of rollers: 50 mm max clearance between supports: 800mm radius of punch tops: 16mm, 22mm. crosshead geared motor: 1 hp power pack motor: 3.0 hp dimension ( approx ) : l – 2420 mm, w – 820 mm, h – 2900 mm. weight ( approx ) : 4500 kg nabl calibration with traceability certificate. consist of following: electronic extensometer strain gauge type with 2.5mm extension and gauge length 25mm and 50mm. bend and rebend test attachment. including all other accessories for conducting tensile, compression, bending and shear test on specimen ( mild steel, hysd bar & tmt bar ) with facility for automatic plotting of load vs. deformation curve. 1.040 tile flexural strength testing machine ( ref standard is: 654, 1237 1980 ) . for clay roofing tiles and cement concrete flooring tiles for carrying out transverse strength tests on cement concrete flooring tiles. the equipment consists of two bearing rollers and a third self aligning loading roller, all 25 mm in diameter. the centre to centre distance between bearing rollers can be set at 150, 200 or 250 mm. the loading is through double lever loading system ( leverage 1:12 ) by means of a steady flow of lead shot from a lead shot container to a receiver hung on the lever system. the rate of flow of lead shot is adjustable as per required rate of loading. the flow of lead shot stops automatically on failure of test specimen and the breaking load can be calculated by multiplying the weight of lead shot in the receiver by the lever ratio i.e. 12. capacity: 200kg applied load: 450 to 550n / min accuracy: ± 2% sample between rollers: 40mm or 20mm supplied complete with 20 kg lead shot. 1.041 standard assembly to determine the coefficient of friction between same materials and different materials [ min. 5 ] having provision of adjustment of inclination of planes along with laoding arrangement and complete sets weight box ( 2 nos. ) 1.042 rockwell hardness testing machine rockwell & rockwell superficial test consists of forcing an indentor ( diamond or ball ) into the surface of a test piece in two steps i.e first with preliminary force and thereafter with additional test force and then measuring depth of indentation after removal of additional test force for measuring the hardness value. a preliminary test force is first applied and then indicator is automatically set to zero. quickly thereafter an additional test is applied without removing the preliminary test force. when the penetration is stabilised the additional test force is removed and the hardness number is shown directly on the indicator. specification: • digital hardness tester for rockwell test. motorized for automatic operation cycle – load / dwell / unload • preliminary test force – 98.07 n • additional test force – 490.3, 882.6, 1373 n • total test force – 588, 980.7, 1417n • set position with led bar indicator for easy operation • key board entry through reliable membrane switches for scale / go – no go / dwell time selection • large size scale display with 0.1 rockwell resolution • parallel output for connection dot matrix printer to get the result indicating serial number of test. hardness scale, hardness number and high / good / low indication. • max test height 230 mm • depth of throat – 133 mm 1.043 brinnell hardness testing machine machine designed are precision engineered confirming to is: 2281 – 1983. degined to measure the hardness of casting, forging, other metals and alloys of all kinds, hard or soft, whether flat, round or irregular in shape. technical data: loads – 500 – 3000 kgf in stages of 250 initial load – 250 kgf max test height – 110 mm depth of throat – 200 mm max depth of elevationg screw below base 180 size of base – 370 x 670 mm machine height approx. – 1127 mm net weight 450 kg drive motor – 0.33 – to be supplied along with the following accessories – testing table 200 mm φ with v groove for round joint for jobs – 10 80 mm dia ball holder 10 mm test block – 10 / 3000 brinell microscope allen spanner telescopic cover for elevating screw protection instruction manual 1.044 tile abrasion testing machine ( ref standard is:1237 1980, 1706 1972 ) used for determining the resistance of flooring tiles to wear or abrasion.tile sample is pressed under a specified load against a grinding path, strewen evenly with an abrasive powder, revolving at the rate of 30 ± 1 rpm. at the end of 100 revolutions of the disc, the second parallel side of the tile is subjected to wear an equal number of revolutions of the disc. the wear of the tile is measured using thickness measuring device ( whose price should be included in the quoted price ) it consists of the following: • a grinding disc furnished with a replaceable grinding path and rotating horizontally about its vertical axis. • a circular tray enclosing the grinding disc • holding device for test specimen. • the loading is by a counterbalanced lever. • funnel is provided to facilitate charging the grinding path with abrasive powder • reduction gear coupled to a motor for operation on 220 v, 50 hz, single phase supply electronic. • revolution counter. ( preset cumulative ) . • a 7.5 kg weight to apply 30 kg load on specimen through lever. • thickness measurement jig with 0.01 mm x 25 mm dial gauge ( whose price should be included in the quoted price ) • abrasive powder should be supplied at no extra cost. • suitable for operation on 415 v, 50 hz, 3 phase, ac supply 1.045 supplied instruments / equipment should be attached ( all arrangement should be borne by the bidder ) with the flow line so that pressure variation can be measured. equipment supplied will contain mercury as manometric fluid which should be supplied with the equipment ( at no extra cost ) . equipment should be at par with relevant code and upto the satisfaction of the concerned authority. for inverted u tube differential manometer suitable manometric fluid is to be supplied with the equipment. 1.046 equipment shall consist of a convergent and divergent rectangular duct of about 400mm. long made out of acrylic sheets. the duct shall be of size 50 x 25 mm cross section of either end and 50 x 12.5 m. cross section at middle. 13 piezometer tapping complete with peizo glass pipes of 450 mm. long, 6 mm. bore shall be provided. on a stand with graduated scales to read the potential reading. to obtain stabilized flow the duct shall be connected on the upstream and downstream sides to tank of size of 100 dia. and 400 mm. long with gate valves at inlet and outlet for flow control including the pumping system to circulate water flow from a sump tank. suitable arrangement should be there to make the flow steady. no disturbance in the flow will be allowed. all the system should be mounted on strong supporting structure of iron stand. supply pumpset of required capacity to pump water from the sump to store the unit through proper piping system with a gate valve to control the rate of flow to be provided with the apparatus. also an arrangement for measuring the actual flow discharge. utility reqd water supply drain electricity 220v ac 50hz single phase 1.047 apparatus consists of an m.s. supply tank provided with 4 sets of baffles and sieves for steadying water supply, channel having sufficient length and width. water is supplied from the bottom sump tank by a adequate pump. an arrangement for fixing the interchangeable notches at the end of the channel. a hook gauge with vernier is provided to measure the flow level in the tank. the complete tank is supported by a strong iron stand a set of 4 notches of size 30cm wide, made of brass plates are provided for conducting experiments : i ) v notch one 45 ° , one 60° and 90° ii ) rectangular notch supply pumpset of required capacity to pump water from the sump to store the unit through proper piping system with a gate valve to control the rate of flow to be provided with the apparatus. also an arrangement for measuring the actual flow discharge and also diverting the flow into the sump tank when needed. flow control valve by pass stopwatch electricity 220v ac single phase 50 hz flow measuring tank should be provided with a piexometer with proper graduation for flow measurment 1.048 equipment for study of venturimeter equipment shall consist of gunmetal venturimeter on pipe lines with a gate valve on the discharge side for flow control with tapping at suitable positions to measure the pressure across that particular point by a differential manometer with mercury ( cost of mercury will be included in the rate quoted ) and thus calculate the flow rate. the venturimeter should be open for visual inspection consist of inlet converging section throat diverging section converging angle being 21± 1° and diverging angle is preferably 6° dia of the throad is half of the pipe dia, with suitable pump for circulating the flow, arrangement for measuring the discharge 1.049 pitot tube apparatus ( closed circuit ) this apparatus is used to measure the velocity of fluid in the pipe. this apparatus is also used to measure the coefficient of pitot tube. the apparatus consists of : a centrifugal pump of 25mm x 25mm with 1 / 2 hp motor m.s. sump tank 80 x 33 x 30cm to collect the water. m.s. measuring tank 45 x 30 x 30cm fitted with piezometer tube to measure the discharge. damper is used to collect the water in m.s. measuring tank for certain time. g.i. pipe of internal dia 25.4mm ( 1 ) and gunmetal isi mark control valve and regulating valves are used to circulate water. bye pass line is also used to regulate the discharge. this apparatus consists of steel pitot tube ( bend through 90o ) fitted 1.5 pipe. pressure tapings are provided on pitot tube and pipe. the pressure tapping are connected to the inclined u tube mercury manometer to measure pressure difference. the tanks are well epoxy painted in sided to prevent rust hence increase the life of tank. 1.050 equipment shall consist of an ms tank of size wi* x 03p1. x 0.8m. made of 3mm. with an overflow arrangement. an orifice and mouth piece fixing arrangement shall be provided along with a modified hook gauge to measure the x and y coordinates of the flow trajectory, orifice of size 10mm. 2mm. dia. and four different types of mouth pieces. 15mm. dia. with 1 / d 2.5 and 4 and bourda mouth piece, covegjent and divergent mouth pieces shall be provided. 1.051 equipment shall consist of 20 mm, 15mm, 10 mm. g.i. pipes fitted with various section such as large bend, short bend, sudden expansion, contraction, different valves gate valve & glove valve. a mercury manometer ( including requisite quantity of mercury to be supplied with the apparatus ) shall be provided to measure the pressure at different pressure lapping points. a thick adjustment header shall be provided to change over the pressure lapping connected to the manometer. supply pumpset of required capacity to pump water from the sump to store the unit through proper piping system with a gate valve to control the rate of flow to be provided with the apparatus 1.052 apparatus for measuring force due to impact of jet of water on vanes different types : equipment consists of an m.s. housing with acrylic transparent windows on two sides and a door on the third side fitted over the hydraulic bench collecting tank. a brass nozzle fitted to the supply line is located inside the housing and the test vane is situated exactly above the nozzle attached to a counter balancing and dead weights to measure the jet forces. the vertical force exerted on the target plate is measured by adding the weight to the weight pan until the mark on the weight corresponds with the level gauge. a pressure gauge is connected in the supply line. two brass vanes of semicircular shape ( 180 degree angle of deflection ) and horizontal flat vane ( angle of defection 90 degree ) are provided to conduct experiments. uitility reqd hydaraulic bench 1.053 study of a model of centrifugal and reciprocating pump. 1.054 infrared moisture meter fast accurate, operate on 220 volts ac supply. it is completely automatic and provides % moisture loss through entire drying cycle. heating arrangement consist of 250 watts heating lamp with a solid state power stat to control rate of drying and also temperature range 0 100% , min. reading 0.2% , sample weight 5 7gms infrared moisture meter with torsion wire, bulb ( one extra ) drying pans thermometer 1.055 rapid moisture meter conforming to is: 12175 is based on the fact that water will react with calcium carbide to form acetylene gas and the quantity of gas formed is directly proportional to the water present leaving a surplus of the chemical used in the test. the quantity of the acetylene gas produced is indicated in a built in pressure gauge which is calibrated in precentage of moisture on wet weight basis. a conversion formula gives the corresponding moisture content based on dry weight. consists of calcium carbide reagent, moisture gauge 0 25% x 0.5% 1 no or 0 50% x 1% 1no, digital balance 50 g 1 no, steel balls 1 set, scoop 1 no, clearing brush 1 no, aluminium dish 1 no 1.056 oven drying method: by hot air oven hot air oven: double walled oven with the inner chamber made of aluminum or stainless steel sheet and the outer surface of mild steel sheet with a gap of 64 mm approx, filled with the glass wool. outside finished with durable white enamel. three removable shelves in the inner chamber, door fitted with heavy cast chromium platedhinges and a spring type automatic roller to and fro latch. innner chamber heated by coil heaters placed at the bottom and with a three point control switch [ low medium and high wattage ] templ control knob off, low medium and high. control panel directly below the door. light provided to indicate the control cycle as well as mains;adjustable shutters for ventilation near the top, shelves wire and plug, suitable thermometer, sitable for operation on 220v, 50hz, single phase supply the temperature of the specimen is to be maintained between 105° 110°. thermostatically controlled ovens for working within the range of ambient to 250°. the maximum variation in the set temperature is ±1°c. 1.057 in situ density of soil is an important parameter for soil engineers. this is needed for determination of bearing capacity of soils, stability analysis, natural slopes and for determining degree of compaction of fills. core cutter: method for fine grained soils free from aggregate: cylindrical core cutter of seamless steel tube, 130 mm long and 10 cm internal diameter, with a wall thickness of 3 mm, bevelled at one end, . the cutter shall be kept properly greased or oiled. steel dolley 2.5 cm high and 10 cm internal diameter with a wall thickness of 7.5 mm with a lip to enable it to be fitted on top of the core cutter ( tolerance on all essential dimensions shall be ±0.25 mm ) along with wooden cube block of 20cm dia. steel rammer with solid mild steel foot 140 mm diameter and 75 mm height with a concentrically screwed 25 mm diameter solid mild steel staff. the overall length of the rammer including the foot as well as the staff should be approximately 900 mm. the rammer ( foot and staff together ) should weigh approximately 9 kg . 1.058 sand replacement method for fine, medium and coarse grained soil having stone sand pebbles etc. as per is:2720 ( partxxviii ) . it consists of: i ) sand pouring cylinder 115 mm internal dia with conical funnel and shutter. ii ) calibrating container, 100 mm inner dia and150 mm deep with flange 50 mm wide. iii ) metal tray 300 mm square x 40 mm deep with a100 mm dia hole at the centre 1.059 liquid limit device, hand operated with counter the apparatus consists of a brass cup, a crank and cam mechanism, mounted on a rubber base of a specified hardness. a brass pin having a knurled end for easy removal holds the brass cup. the height of fall of the cup can be adjusted by a horizontal lead screw. fitted with a drop counter to automatically record number of drops of the cup. supplied complete with: grooving tool type ‘a to c’ and gauging block as per is: 9259 is:2720 ( part v ) . 1.060 plastic limit apparatus conforming to is: 2720 ( part v ) the apparatus consists of : i ) glass plate 200 mm x 150 mm x 3 mm thick ii ) porcelain evaporating dish iii ) brass rod 3 mm dia, 100 mm long. iv ) spatula with 80 mm long, 20 mm wide blade. v ) metal with number embossed moisture cans, 12 nos.plastic limit apparatus 1.061 shrinkage limit apparatus ( supplied with requisite quantity of mercury ) with the apparatus conforms to is: 10077, and the test is performed as per is: 2720 ( part vi ) . the set consists of: i ) 75 mm square prong plate made of 3 mm thick acrylic sheet with three metal prongs. iii ) stainless steel shrinkage dish 45 mm in dia, 15 mm deep. iv ) glass cup with ground edge, 50 mm to 55 mm dia, 25 mm deep. v ) flexible spatula with 80 mm long, 20 mm wide blade. vi ) mercury – 500 gm 1.062 sieves ( as per spec given earlier ) – 100mm, 75mm, 19mm, 4.75 mm [ for portion retained on 4.75 mm is sieve ] with lid and pan conforming to is:460 part i 1978 for soil passed through 4.75 mm sieve and retained on 75 micron sieve – 4.75 mm, 2 mm, 0.425 mm, 75 micron with lid and pan conforming to is:460 part i 1978 1.063 hydrometer test is performed as per is:2720 ( part iv ) . used for particle size analysis of soil in suspension when it has more than10% of 75 micron is sieve passing material. the scale on the hydrometer is marked from 0.995 to 1.030 in terms of density ( g / ml ) of suspension at 27°c. ( accuracy 0.0005 ) hydrometer glass jar test is performed as per is:2720 ( part iv ) . it is single marked1000 ml glass cylinder without pour out, used to prepare the soil suspension for the determination of density by using hydrometer. supplied complete with the rubber bung. constant temperature bath internal dimensions 600mm x 300 mm x 380 mm deep with clear glass sides. complete with heater, thermostat and agitating unit capable of maintaining temperature at 27°c when ambient temperature is less than 27°c wired for 220v, 50hz, 1phase operation. supplied with a thermometer 0 to100°c high speed stirrer the test is performed as per is: 2720 ( partiv ) .the unit comprises of : i ) a mechanical stirring device, fitted with a motor which rotates a vertical shaft having a stirring pedal at a speed of 8000 to10, 000 r.p.m. ii ) dispersion cup made of brass. iii ) baffle for use with dispersion cup. 1.064 laboratory permeability apparatus:is: 2720 ( part 17 ) , is 11209 suitable for both constant head as well as falling head permeability tests stand with three glass tubes of 6 mm, 10 mm and 20 mm dia approx. metallic mould 100 mm dia x 127.3 mm height, 1000 ml volume. extension collar 100 mm dia x 60 mm height. drainage base plate with a recess for porous stone and an outlet valve. metallic clamping ring drainage cap with recess for a porous stone and fitted with inlet valve and air release valve. dummy plate to serve as false bottom during compaction. porous stone for drainage base plate. porous stone for drainage cap rubber connection tube 3m long, with pinch cock. overhead tank, required for the constant head method made of steel, approx. 37.5 cm dia and 1m high. it is provided with an inlet port at the top, six outlets at the bottom with cocks, air inlet and water filling tube at the top. an arrangement to indicate the water level is also provided 1.065 direct shear apparatus, 12 speed, motorised is: 2720 ( part xiii ) is: 11229 supplied complete with proving ring and 02nos. of dial gauge of 0.01 x 25mm. 2kn with dial gauge 2 nos.& compression tension proving ring 2kn; type of shear : direct / residual measurement operation : motorised the unit is provided with a turret type gear box to get 12 different constant rates of strain i.e 1.25, 0.625, 0.25, 0.125, 0.05, 0.025, 0.01, 0.005, 0.002, 0.001, 0.0004, and 0.0002 mm / min. and arrangements to carry out residual shear strength tests. suitable for operation with 220v, 50 hz, single phase supply. it comprises: i ) shear box assembly ( halves of the shear box 2 nos ) , 60 mm square, complete with a u bracket, guide pins and spacing screws, made of brass. ii ) gripper assembly consisting of two plain grid plates, two perforated grid plates, one base plate and one loading pad, all made of brass. iii ) two porous stones, each 6 mm thick, fitting the shear box iv ) shear box housing of brass, complete with two ball roller strips. v ) loading unit with normal loading of 8 kg / cm2 on 60 mm square specimen. vi ) specimen cutter for a specimen size of 60 mm x 60 mm x 25 mm. vii ) the unit is provided with a turret type gear box to get 12 different constant rates of strain i.e 1.25, 0.625, 0.25, 0.125, 0.05, 0.025, 0.01, 0.005, 0.002, 0.001, 0.0004, and 0.0002 mm / min. and arrangements to carry out residual shear strength tests. surcharge weights to attain normal stress of 3 kg / cm2 1 set, surcharge weight set comprises of following weights : 0.05 kg / cm2: 4 nos.; 0.10 kg / cm2: 1 no.; 0.20 kg / cm2: 1 no.; 0.50 kg / cm2: 3 nos.; 1.00 kg / cm2: 1 no. 1.066 laboratory vane shear apparatus [ bis: 4434 ( 1978 ) ] hand operated the apparatus comprises of the following: i ) a torque applicator having a base with a hole for holding the specimen mould in position, supporting frame carrying torque head adjustable in height and a graduated drum to measure the deformation of springs. ii ) a set of four springs, one each of 2 kg cm, 4 kg cm, 6 kg cm and 8 kg cm. iii ) a vane of size 12.0 x 24.0 mm long with a vane rod. iv ) specimen container to take a specimen of 50 mm dia x 75 mm high. v ) wooden carrying case for the complete apparatus. 1.067 laboratory vane shear apparatus, machine operated ( for the validity of strength test results carried out on soils which have a shear strength in the order of 15kn / m2 or lower ) consists of a special motor, adjustable in height by means of a lead screw rotated by a drive wheel to enable the vane to be lowered into the specimen. rotation of the vane is by means of an electric motor turns the upper endof a calibrated torsion spring to give a rotation of 0.1o / sec. the vane shaft is attached through the hollow upper shaft to a resettable pointer which indicates the angle of torque on a dial graduated in degrees. the dial readingmultiplied by spring factor gives the torque. rate of rotation : 1 / 60 rpm, suitable for operation on 220 v, 50 hz, single phase, ac supply 1.068 proctor compaction test ( standard ) bis: 2720 part 7 1974 standard: compaction mould: compaction mould 100 mm internal dia x 127.3 mm height, 1000 ml volume complete with collar and base plate, all made of mild steel tie rods of mild steel and wing nuts forclamping. compaction rammer, light: compaction rammer, light, made of mild steel 2.6 kg weight, 50 mm diacompaction face, 310 mm controlled free vertical fall. 1.069 modified bis: 2720 part 7 1974 compaction mould: compaction mould 150 mm internal dia x 127.3 mm height, 2250 ml volume, complete withcollar and base plate all made of mild steel, fixing tie rods of mild steel with wing nuts. compaction rammer, heavy:compaction rammer, heavy, made of mild steel 4.89 kg weigh, 50 mm dia compacting face, 450 mm controlled free vertical fall. 1.070 laboratory california bearing ratio test apparatus, hand operated laboratory cbr apparatus meets the essential requirements of is: 2720 ( part xvi ) with the mould as per of is: 9669. test are carried out for evaluating bearing capacity of subgrade soil for design of flexible pavement on natural soil or compacted soil in water soaked or unsoaked condition and the result so obtained compared with the standard curve to have an idea of subgrade soil strength. consists of following: hand operated load frame capacity 5000 kg cbr mould 150 mm base plate and collar inner dia x 175 mm high cutting collar perforated swell plate spacer disc metallic ring made of mild steel metal tripod aluminum penetration piston assembly proving ring 10 kn capaacity one surcharge weight 2.5 kg annular and one surcharge weight 2.5 kg slotted dial gauge 0.01 x 25 mm 1.071 unconfined compression strength testerperformed as per is: 2720 ( part x ) . ( motorised, proving ring type ) consists of: screw jack with frame and dial gauge holder; set of upper and lower platens, 150 mm dia; cone seating 2 nos; proving ring adapter; proving ring fitted with dial gauge 5 kn capacity; dial gauge 0.01 x 25 mm supplied with one loading unit which is motorised, 50 kn ( 5000 kgf ) capacity with three rates of travel 1.25 mm, 1.5 mm and 2.5 mm / minand operates on 220 v ac supply single phase 1.072 triaxial test apparatus bis: 2720 – part 11 ( 1971 ) , part 12 ( 1981 ) , part 35 ( 1974 ) , • load frame, motorised ( 50kn ) , multi rate of strain. designed to accommodate universal triaxial cell for testing soil specimens up to 100 mm in diameter. a turret type motor drive gear unit to give 30 different rates of strain ranging from 6 mm / min down to 0.00048 mm / min.the motor and gear box assembly are housed in an elegant free standing console and electrical controls have been provided on the front panel of the load frame. suitable for operation on 220v, 50 hz, single phase supply. • triaxial cell, 38 mm diameter suitable for lateral pressure up to 1000 kpa, the cell has four take off positions drilled in the base for cell pressure, pore water pressure, and for top and bottom drainage. fitted with 3 no volume change valves and one dead end plug. cell is supplied complete with one loading pad, two porous stones 38 mm dia x 6 mm thick, one sheath stretcher, one split sand former, 10 latex rubber sheaths and four sealing o rings for 38 mm dia samples [ pack of 10 ] three part split mould with collar base plate and clamp for 38 mm dia x 756 mm long specimen set of drained test on 38 mm dia specimen perforated pressure pad complete with pvc connnecting tube 1 no and set of porous stone • pore water pressure apparatus ( 0 1000kpa ) pore water pressure apparatus mounted on a steel panel, fitted with pressure gauge, mercury manometer, brass scale graduated 50 0 50 cm., drainage burette 50 ml, null indicator with copper coil, piston pump ( hand operated ) and water reservoir. pressure range 0 1000 kpa • lateral pressure assembly ( 0 10 kg / cm2 ) it is a steel chamber that can be pressurized to the required pressure with foot pump. it has a pressure gauge, water inlet and outlet valve. • proving ring 10 kn capacity • dial gauge 0.01 x 25mm accessories: for i ) attachment for ext raction of 3 samples of 38mm ( 1.5inches ) from core cutter of 100 mm ( 4inches ) . ii ) attachment for extraction of 7samples of 38 mm ( 1.5 inches ) dia from a mould of 150 mm ( 6inch ) dia 1.073 i. made of aluminum body, telescopic in 3 pcs, 4 m in length packed in canvas cover, graduated in meters, dm, cm and mm with white background and black strips , 5 mm thick with suitable locking arrangement 1.074 i. open cross staff: made of metallic head having four metal arms provided with two pairs of vertical slit giving two lines of sight at right angles made up of either brass or any allow that cannot rust. the brass is provided with hollow conical socket at the center that can be mounted on the top of wooden staff , fitted with a pointed iron shoe at the bottom. 1.075 with re chargable adopter. that allow you to take area and line measurement from maps and other sources with an accuracy within 2% suitable for a wide range of application including construction, packed in original case with instruction manual. 1.076 consists of brass / suitable metal hollow box having open face about 6 x 3 cm and closed about 2 x 3 cm and deep about 4 cm to 5cm. provided with a brass handle about 8 cm in length. two mirrors fixed at an angle of 45 degrees to the inclined sides of the box. 1.077 indian made alidade 175 mm with erect image 5 min with leveling attachment 1.078 best quality indian made plane table size 75 cm x 60 cm complete with tripod stand, trough compass in wooden case, 15cm spirit level, 60 75 cm long folding alidade and u fork with plumb bob 1.079 : circular ranging rod preferably with 3 5 cm in diameter made up of metal conduit pipes of length 2 3 meter with conical metallic shoe fitted at bottom and fully painted with 20 cm long colour bands of either of the following combinations – black & white and red & white 1.080 consisting of a fixed number of straight links of galvanised mild steel wire 4 mm in thickness, the end of each link are bent into a loop and connected together by means of three circular shape rings. the joints of rings may open or welded preferably welded. the ends of the chain are provide with brass handles which is linked with the chain by swivel joints; length of the link is 200 mm, each meter is provided with with a circular brass ring and each five meter length is provide brass tallies of requisite shape. each chain should be provided with 15 nos of m.s. arrows of 4 mm diameter bar and 40 cm height. refer: is: 1492 1970 • 30 m chain consisting of a fixed number of straight links of galvanised mild steel wire 4 mm in thickness, the end of each link are bent into a loop and connected together by means of three circular shape rings. the joints of rings may open or welded preferably welded. the ends of the chain are provide with brass handles which is linked with the chain by swivel joints; length of the link is 200 mm, each meter is provided with with a circular brass ring and each five meter length is provide brass tallies of requisite shape. each chain should be provided with 15 nos of m.s. arrows of 4 mm diameter bar and 40 cm height. refer: is: 1492 1970 • 30 m chain consisting of a fixed number of straight links of galvanised mild steel wire 4 mm in thickness, the end of each link are bent into a loop and connected together by means of three circular shape rings. the joints of rings may open or welded preferably welded. the ends of the chain are provide with brass handles which is linked with the chain by swivel joints; length of the link is 200 mm, each meter is provided with with a circular brass ring and each five meter length is provide brass tallies of requisite shape. each chain should be provided with 15 nos of m.s. arrows of 4 mm diameter bar and 40 cm height. refer: is: 1492 1970 • 30 m chain consisting of a fixed number of straight links of galvanised mild steel wire 4 mm in thickness, the end of each link are bent into a loop and connected together by means of three circular shape rings. the joints of rings may open or welded preferably welded. the ends of the chain are provide with brass handles which is linked with the chain by swivel joints; length of the link is 200 mm, each meter is provided with with a circular brass ring and each five meter length is provide brass tallies of requisite shape. each chain should be provided with 15 nos of m.s. arrows of 4 mm diameter bar and 40 cm height. refer: is: 1492 1970 • 30 m chain consisting of a fixed number of straight links of galvanised mild steel wire 4 mm in thickness, the end of each link are bent into a loop and connected together by means of three circular shape rings. the joints of rings may open or welded preferably welded. the ends of the chain are provide with brass handles which is linked with the chain by swivel joints; length of the link is 200 mm, each meter is provided with with a circular brass ring and each five meter length is provide brass tallies of requisite shape. each chain should be provided with 15 nos of m.s. arrows of 4 mm diameter bar and 40 cm height. refer: is: 1492 1970 • 30 m chain 1.081 made of pvc ; 30 m long 1.082 1. made of brass, size 150mm dia. 2. fitted with quality agate stone. 3. aluminum floating circle 4. graduated to read 30 minutes ( 0.5 degree ) . 5. automatic lifter 6. rreflecting mirror fitted on the sight vane. 7. slow motion type prism reader fitted with colored glasses green and red. 8. packed in pvc case. 9. supplied with aluminum tripod having ball and socket head made of aluminum 10. complete with all accessories as per is specification no. is 1957 1961. 1.083 magnification : 28x. image : erect. objective aperture : 42mm. resolving power : 3.5”. minimum focus distance: 0.3m. levelling accuracy standard deviation for 1km double run leveling 1.5mm. compensator: : magnetic damping system. working range : + / 15’ setting accuracy : 0.5” sensitivity of circular level: 10’ / 2mm. water protection : ipx6 or better. aluminum telescopic tripod. : 1no aluminum telescopic staff 5mtrs. length : 2nos. the minimum following accessories should be supplied with the instrument. lens cap, plumb bob, vinyl cover, tool kit, carrying case and operation manual. 1.084 magnification : 28x. image : erect. resolving power : 3.5”. objective aperture : 36mm. minimum focus distance : 1.5m. height accuracy standard deviation for 1km double run leveling: 1.5mm. electronic measurement range : 100m. data storage : 2000 sets of points or more. data download : usb cable. ( from instrument to computer ) power supply: operating voltage : 7.2v dc. rechargeable battery : lithium ion rechargeable type. operating time. : 8 hrs or more. battery charger : quick type. compensator: magnetic damping system. working range : more than 15’. sensitivity of circular level : 10’ / 2mm. display : lcd type. 1. aluminum telescopic tripod: 1no. 2. aluminium bar code staffs ( 5 mtrs. length ) : 2nos. 3. usb data transfer cable. 1no. the minimum following accessories should be supplied with the instrument. dust cover, tool kit, carrying case and all relevant manuals. 1.085 angular measurement: angular accuracy: 7” or better; least count: 5” or better. laser range: 50meter or better. telescope: magnification: 30x; objective aperture: 45mm; image : erect; minimum focus: 0.9m. optical plummet: mag 3x. display: both faces accessories: aluminium telescopic tripod: 1no. the minimum following accessories should also be supplied with the instrument: lr6 / aa batteries ( x4 ) , lens cap, plumb bob, tool kit, shoulder strap, carrying case and all relevant manuals. 1.086 telescope: magnification : 30x or better image : erect angular measurement: angular accuracy : 5” or better least count : 1” or better distance measurement: distance range with single prism : 4 kms or better ( under normal conditions ) laser output in prism mode : class1 ( safe for human eye ) distance accuracy in prism mode : 2mm 2ppm or better general: display : dual face alpha numeric keyboard ( identical display ) trigger key : for quick measurement. guide light : for speeding up setting out tasks. compensator : type: dual axis / range: 6’ or more. battery : rechargeable battery ( operational time approx. 35 hrs. ) : 1no. quick charger. : 1no. dust & water proof protection : ip66 or better. optical plummet : 3x or better weight with handle & battery : 5 kgs or more. memory management system with multiple data interfaces as: internal memory : approx 10, 000 points or more. plug in memory device : usb flash memory accessories: aluminium telescopic tripod. : 1no single prism assembly consisting of : 1no range pole, prism, target plate, spirit bubble, tripod all in carrying cases. data communication software : 1no the minimum following application software should be loaded in the instrument. topography, resection, ( setting out of co ordinates, line, arcs ) , area calculation, etc. 1.087 system: 12 channel ( l1code ) ; miscrosoft windows mobile 6.1 operating system or equivalent; 533 mhz samsung processor with 128 mb ram and better or its equivalent; 128 mb non volatile flash data storage; microsd memory card slot; qvga display sunlight readable; colour touch screen; internally rechargeable & removable li ion battery; integrated speaker, microphone and audio jack gps: should have integrated high sensitivity gps / sbas receiver and antenna; 1 3 m accuracy after post processing, stand alone accuracy 5 to 8 m; nmea and sirf protocol support accessories: usb data cable; stylus, rechargeable li ion battery, gps office software [ field proven software with powerful functionality for productive gis data collection and maintenance with following features – quick point data collection mode for easy productive one click data capture, conditional attributes dynamically adapting data capture forms, customizable user interface simplified field operation, quick navigation to features or waypoints, seamless gnss control in the field for high quality position data 1.088 150 – 200 mm long; 25 mm square c / s; tapered at one end 1.089 each arrow: 4 mm dia steel wire; 400 mm long; bent hook or ring at one end; tapered to a point at the other; 1.090 mallet of 18 length with 6x4x4 head made of sal wood 1.091 spectrophotometer the reference beam spectrophotometer instrument shall be a multi wavelength portable cum benchtop spectrophotometer designed for laboratory analysis of multiple analyte. the wavelength range of the instrument shall be 340 to 900 nm with accuracy of ±1.5 nm from 340 to 900 nm, resolution of 1 nm, and bandwidth of 5 nm. the instrument, depending on the test selection, shall automatically select the wavelength readout modes shall include transmittance %, absorbance, and concentration the instrument shall be capable of measuring the following substances or characteristics: alachlor; aluminum; arsenic; atrazine; barium; benzotriazole; boron; bromine; cadmium; chloride; chlorine dioxide; chlorine; chromium; cobalt; color; copper; cyanide; cyanuric acid; dissolved oxygen; fluoride; formaldehyde; hardness; hydrazine; iodine; iron; lead; manganese; mercury; molybdenum / molybdate; monochloramines; nickel; nitrogen ( as ammonia, nitrate, nitrite, total nitrogen, total kjeldahl nitrogen ) ; chemical oxygen demand; oxygen scavengers; ozone; polychlorinated biphenyls; phenols; phosphonates; phosphorus; potassium; quaternary ammonium compounds; selenium; silica; silver; sulfate; sulfide; surfactants; suspended solids; tannin and lignin; total organic carbon; tolyltriazole; total petroleum hydrocarbons; trihalomethanes; toxicity; volatile acids; and zinc. the following tests shall conform to usepa compliant methods: arsenic; chlorine ( free ) ; chlorine ( total ) ; chlorine dioxide; chromium ( hexavalent ) ; copper; fluoride; iron ( total ) ; lead; manganese; nickel; nitrogen ( ammonia ) ; nitrogen ( nitrite ) ; chemical oxygen demand; phenols; phosphorus ( reactive ) ; phosphorus ( total ) ; sulfate; sulfide; and zinc. the instrument should have facility of onscreen step by step guide for pre programmed methods. instrument should have facility to eliminiate false readings due to scratched , flawed or dirty glasswares by taking 10 readings and eliminating outliers. the interface of the instrument shall be graphical with touch screen. the instrument shall provide graphical display and be capable of printing test results. the instrument shall be equipped with storage capacity for 500 data points ( date, time, results, sample id, user id ) and 50 user defined calibrations. instrument should have one usb ports & one port for print . information stored in the instrument shall be capable of being downloaded in standard report format. the instrument shall be capable of accepting 1 in. ( 25 mm ) round cells / vials, 1 in. square cells, 13 mm round vials, 16 mm round vials, 1 x 5 cm cells, 1 cm square cells. power requirement shall be line voltage as well as battery operation. the instrument shall be warranted for one full year against defects in materials and workmanship. scope of supply should include adapter matched pair of 1 in. square glass sample cells, light shield, dust cover, user manual and procedures on cd, and benchtop power supply with 115 and 230v power cords technical specification • optical system: reference beam, spectral • wavelength range: 340 to 1100 nm • operating mode: transmittance ( % ) , absorbance and concentration, scanning • wavelength accuracy: ± 1.5 nm ( wavelength range 340 to 900 nm ) • wavelength calibration: automatic • wavelength reproducibility: ± 0.1 nm • wavelength resolution: 1 nm • wavelength selection: automatic, based on method selection • beam height: 10 mm • data logger: 2000 measured values ( result, date, time, sample id, user id ) • interfaces: usb type a ( more than 1 ) , usb type b, ethernet • sample cell compatibility: 13 mm round, 16 mm round, 1 cm & 5 cm rectangular, 1 round, 1 square • user programs: 50 • display: tft • display size: more than 6 inch • display type: touch screen • instrument enclosure rating: ip40** ** except for the usb / network connection • max. storage humidity: max. 80 % max. humidity ( non condensing ) • operating conditions ( relative humidity ) : max. 80 % max. humidity ( non condensing ) • operating conditions ( temperature ) : 10 °c to 40 °c • power requirements: with external power supply • power supply: benchtop power supply, 110 240 v; 50 / 60 hz 1.092 turbidimeter accessories: flow cell kit, cell adapter kits, sample degassing kit accuracy: ± 2 % of reading plus 0.01 ntu from 0 to 1000 ntu ±5% of reading from 1000 to 4000 ntu air purge: 0.1 scfm at 69 kpa , hose barb connection for 1 / 8 in tubing, maximum 138 kpa. dry nitrogen or instrument grade air. compliance certifications: ul / csa display type: 8 digit led display interface: rs232 serial ( bi directional ) manual languages: english max. operating humidity: 90 measurement modes: ntu, ebc, nephelo operating temperature range: 0 to 40 °c power requirements: 115 to 230 vac; 50 to 60 hz; 60 va maximum range: 0 to 4000 ntu range 2: with ratio on regulatory: usepa method 180.1 repeatability: ± 1 % of reading or ± 0.01 ntu, whichever is greater resolution: 0.001 on lowest range response time: 6.8 s with signal averaging off; 14 s with signal averaging on sample cell compatibility: 25mm round; 12, 13, 16, and 19 mm round with optional adapter kit source lamp: tungsten lamp storage conditions: 40 °c to 60 °c user interface languages: english warranty: 2 years 1.093 measuring range: 0.005 0.010 0.025 0.05 0.10 0.25 0.50 mg / l as ( mquant / spectroquant or equivalent ) 1.094 do meter with additional conductivity probe: 1. instrument should be supplied with meter and optical technology based dissolved oxygen probe, 1m cable, bod bottle & stopper for calibration, meter stand. 2. do measurement range: 0.05 – 20.0 mg / l 3. conductivity range: 0.01 μs / cm – 200.0 ms / cm 4. instrument should be portable type, operation on battery as well as on power. 5. meter should be capable of measuring ph, conductivity, tds, salinity, orp, ises etc with suitable probe ( optional ) . 6. data memory: 500 points. 7. data export: download via usb connection to pc or flash memory device. automatically transfer entire data log or as readings are taken. 1.095 flocculator ( jar test apparatus coated steel uniframe chassis, stainless steel 1” x 3” paddles four ( 4 ) numbers are spaced six inches apart and are adjustable to a maximum depth of nine inches. led illumination is built into the jar tester base to provide soft, diffused lighting of samples being tested, eliminating the blinding glare. paddle speeds from 5 to 300 rpm in 1 rpm increments and run times from 1 second to 59 minutes, 59 seconds in 1 second increments. are 24v and operate on 120v or 220v power sources with adapter and power cords ( included ) 1.096 cod digestor ( it will be used in conjunction with spectophotometer ) cod digestor 1. the digestion reactor shall be a bench top instrument for heating prepared samples to temperature for the designated time for the test. 2. the instrument shall have a programmable temperature range of 37 to 165°c. 3. the instrument shall have a programmable timer range of 0 to 480 minutes. 4. the instrument shall have a heating rate of 20 to 150°c in 10 minutes. 5. opearating temp: 10 45°c. 6. tempearture stability: 1°c 7. compliance: ce, gs, ctuvs 8. the instrument should be able to accommodate 15 no. of vials dia 16mm each. 5. the instrument shall be equipped with stored digestion programs for cod and toc. 6. the instrument shall accommodate 16 mm and or 20 mm vials. 7. the power requirements of the instrument shall be 100 240 vac, 50 / 60 hz 1.097 features: 1. providing fast and accurate results. 2. microprocessor p.i.d. temperature control. 3. cfc free refrigerant. 4. digital display temperature. 5. safety thermostat specifications: temperature range 5 to 60°c temperature accuracy + / 0.5°c temperature uniformity + / 0.5°c power 220 volt temperature control microprocessor control cabinet m.s. steel powder coated inner chamber stainless steel shelves 3 stainless steel insulation polyurethane foam inner clear door yes cooling cfc free refrigerant r134a heating system u shaped s. s. nichrome wire air heater air circulation fan or blower door lock 1 display led / lcd 1.098 air tight bottles 1.099 particulate size: tsp, pm10, pm2.5 pmc flow range: 1 25 slpm sampling interval: upto 24hr sampling. operating temperature: 0°c to 50°c ambient temp sensor: accuracy + / 0.15°c.barometric pressure sensor: range 450 mmhg to 1200 mmhg, accuracy + / 10 mmhg.range: 0 25 liters per minute power requirements: 120 / 240vac, 50 / 60hz. usb: for data download of run time data and history data particulate size: tsp, pm10, pm2.5 pmc flow range: 1 25 slpm sampling interval: upto 24hr sampling. operating temperature: 0°c to 50°c ambient temp sensor: accuracy + / 0.15°c.barometric pressure sensor: range 450 mmhg to 1200 mmhg, accuracy + / 10 mmhg.range: 0 25 liters per minute power requirements: 120 / 240vac, 50 / 60hz. usb: for data download of run time data and history data particulate size: tsp, pm10, pm2.5 pmc flow range: 1 25 slpm sampling interval: upto 24hr sampling. operating temperature: 0°c to 50°c ambient temp sensor: accuracy + / 0.15°c.barometric pressure sensor: range 450 mmhg to 1200 mmhg, accuracy + / 10 mmhg.range: 0 25 liters per minute power requirements: 120 / 240vac, 50 / 60hz. usb: for data download of run time data and history data particulate size: tsp, pm10, pm2.5 pmc flow range: 1 25 slpm sampling interval: upto 24hr sampling. operating temperature: 0°c to 50°c ambient temp sensor: accuracy + / 0.15°c.barometric pressure sensor: range 450 mmhg to 1200 mmhg, accuracy + / 10 mmhg.range: 0 25 liters per minute power requirements: 120 / 240vac, 50 / 60hz. usb: for data download of run time data and history data 1.100 1. burette ( rotaflow ) 50ml 10 nos 2. pipette ( 1ml, 2ml, 5ml, 10ml, 25ml ) 10 nos for each 3. pipette sucker 5 nos 4. conical flask ( 100ml, 250ml, 500ml ) 5 nos each 5. volumetric flask ( 250 ml 500ml, 1000ml ) 4 nos each 6. measuring cylinder ( 10ml, 25ml, 50ml, 100ml, 500ml, ) 4 nos each 7. beaker ( 50ml, 100ml, 250ml, 500ml, 1000ml ) 6 nos each 8. glass rod 5 nos 9. dropper 5 10. measuring cylinder ( 1000ml ) 2 nos 11. burette stand ( plastic ) [ standard size ] 5 nos 1.101 whatman 42 or equivalent; circular 125 mm diameter, supplied in packet of 100 piece 1.102 tissue paper roll 100 g one roll 1.103 least count 1 mg range: 0 500g, with lithium ion battery including adapter for electrical operation led display 1.104 least count 1g range: 0 2kg, with lithium ion battery including adapter for electrical operation led display 1.105 least count 1g range: 0 20 kg, with lithium ion battery including adapter for electrical operation led display 1.106 lest count 0.1 mm 1.107 the trimmer is designed for preparing test specimens for triaxial shear testing of soil.it consists of : i ) frame assembly with adjustable vertical guide.ii ) wire saw.iii ) trimming knife.iv ) set of gripper plates for 38 mm, 50 mm, 75 mm and 100 mm dia specimens. 1.108 the samplers to be used should have area ratio less than 13 percent and preferably less than 10 percent. the head should have check valve and ports to permit easy escape of drilling fluid or air from the sample tube as the sample enters it. sampling will be accomplished by jacking or driving the tube depending on the type consisting of rack type sample extractor 1no; split mould 38 mm dia x 76 mm long 1 no; split mould 38 mm dia x 85 mm long 1 no; sampling tube 38 mm dia x 150 mm long 1 no, sampling tube 38 mm dia x 200 mm long 1 no; jarring link small with adapter for sampling tubes 1 nos 1.109 universal extractor frame, manually operated complete. comprised of a frame adopter plate and plungers and plunger adopter for 38 75 100 and 150 mm dia specimen. a frame for extracting three 38 mm dia samples from a 100 mm dia sampling tube is also provided 1.110 funnel 70 mm in dia : 2 nos , made of pvc 1.111 75, 100, 125 and 150 ml. 4 nos of each category comprises a set. made of porcelene with spout 1.112 sodium hexaphosphate or a mixture of sodium hydroxide and sodium carbonate or any other dispersing agent ( 500 g each in two separate bottle ) 1.113 made of gi sheet of 18 gauge or higher ( dia 30 cm and 30 cm deep ) 1.114 i ) graduated cylinders with pour out ( 25, 50, 100, 250, 500 & 1000 ml capacity ) 3 nos of each type; pvc turson or standard quality ii ) graduated cylinders with stopper ( 25, 50, 100, 250, 500 & 1000 ml capacity ) – 3 nos of each type; glass borosil iii ) volumetric flasks, stoppered ( 100, 250, 500 ml ) – 4 nos of each category ; pvc turson or standard quality iv ) volumetric flasks, stoppered ( 100, 250, 500 ml ) – 4 nos of each category ; glass borosil 1.115 450 mm2, 9 mm thick 1.116 30 cm length of standard quality 1.117 20 cm length with wooden handle 1.118 20 cm length made of stainless steel 1.119 non corrodible air tight moisture can, made of aluminium, number engraved at lid and container body 1.120 – 250, 500, 1000 ml capacity of pvc tarson or eqeuivalent ; set comprised of 4 nos of bottle of each category. 1.121 50, 100 ml capacity made of glass . a set comprised of 4 nos of bottle of each category. 1.122 75, 100, 150, 200, 300 ml capacity of porcelain 1.123 15, 30, 50 , 100 ml capacity ( each set comprised of 5 nos of crucibles of each capacity ) 1.124 900 mm x 900mm 20 gauge with handle 1.125 200mm x 200 mm of 20 gauge 1.126 made of tata or equivalent 250 mm with handle 1.127 made of tata or equivalent of with handle 1.128 made of tata or equivalent 200 mm of with handle 1.129 capacity 15 ml 25 ml and 60 ml pvc made 3 each comprises a set 1.130 1. 250mm dia , 2. material pp / pc 3. tarsons 1.131 10 , 25 50 100 ml capacity made of glass borosil make a set 1.132 liquid limit device, motorised the device is identical to the above but is fitted with a f.h.p. motor to drive the operating mechanism of cup at 120 rpm ensuring uniformity in performing test. works on 220 v, 50 hz, single phase, and is supplied with grooving tool type ‘a to c’ and gauge block as per is :9259, is:2720 ( part v ) with additional 2 nos. spare belt 1.133 ( bosch / black and decker or any standard make ) – including standard drill bit for making grooves on brickwork, concrete, metal surface 1.134 standard spatula as per is:269 1958 40 mm size made of stainless steel with handle of specified shape, dimensions and weight. 1.135 1 / 2 to 1 cft capacity made of gi sheet 1.136 9 pieces set 1.5 mm, 2 mm, 2.5 mm, 3.0 mm , 4.0 mm, 5.0mm, 6.0mm, 8.00 mm, 10.00mm 1.137 10 inch long of reputed make 1.138 10 inch long of reputed make 1.139 5 nos of detachable blades [ at least 125 mm long ] with cellulose accetate plastic handle fully insulated and shock proof, distinct glow neon lamp taparia make 1.140 about 8 inch long of reputed make 1.141 extension chord ( 30 m length ) – 5 nos 15 / 5 amp switch of standard make with 6 amp mcb 1.142 trowel is:4031 1968, is:10086 1982 the trowel blade of thickness 1.5mm and100 to150mm long with straight edges and a wooden handle ( wt 210 g ± 10 g ) 1.143 cube moulds mould, m. steel, for 70.6mm cube as per is: 10080 1982 ... 6 nos , weight: must be 6.5 kg or more. should be isi mark. these cube moulds are made of steel. the tolerance between faces is maintained at ±0.1 mm and planeness is +0.03mm. cube moulds carry isi mark. 1.144 cube mould ( 150mm ) with i.s.i mark as per is:10086 1982 .... 12 nos cube mould made of cast iron having an internal size of 150 mm with a tolerance of +0.2 and planeness of +0.03 mm tolerence. cube moulds are isi marked. 1.145 cylindrical mould 150 mm dia. x 300 mm high, cast iron. ... 6 nos [ in new polytechnic nos of all the three items will be as per the numbers mentioned. but in old polytechnic number will be fixed as per requirement keeping specifications unaltered. 1.146 desiccator complete with desiccator plate ( glass ) 300 mm dia complete with desiccator plate 1.147 burnt mobile 1.148 ring spanner set ( 12 pieces ) make taparia or equivalent pack of 2 1.149 cotton waste 1.150 freemans steel measuring tape 5 meter x 16 mm with level measuring [ with inbuilt spirit level 1.151 conical beaker of 1 litre capacitym glass 1.152 griffin low form beakers with pour out forgeneral laboratory use ( 25, 50, 100, 250, 500 & 1000 ml capacity ) each having 3 nos of each variety funnel _buchner or hirch about 70 mm in dia : 2 nos filter flask 500ml ( 4 nos ) ; measuring cylinder – 100ml capacity ( 4 nos ) ; glass filter bottle 100mm in dia ( 4 nos ) ; filter paper ( 6 packet ) ; glass rod 3 mm in dia and 150 200 mm long; ( 4 nos ) : will comprise a set 1.153 cooling water consumption 60 liter / hr biological activity pyrogen free ph 6 7 conductivity s / cm <3 × 10 6 distillate temperature 65 75◦c. the surfaces coming in contact with water should be such that metallic contamination is avoided. a water inlet valve is a part of the still for connecting to a tap. an overflow is also provided to maintain the water at proper level. the still has4 litre / hour distillation capacity, suitable for operation on 220 v, 50 hz, single phase supply along with all necessary accessories and installation and commissioning complete. 1.154 it is easier to carry the machine at various floors due to its light weight body. this machine is powered by 1h.p. electric motor or can also be used manually operated. type : tilting or manualcapacity: 30lthickness of drum cone in mm: 3mmdrum: prepared from mild steel balance on heavy duty housing & rotates on a fixed shaft with double ball bearingframe and chassis: rigid all steel constructiontransmission : v belt & pulleypowered by: hand driven / electric motorsteel wheel in mm: 300 500approx weight in basic machine in kg: 160 diamention: 195mmx790mmx1370mm. rpm: 24rpm phase: single, ac 50, 220v 1.155 curing tank for 12nos 150mm cube moulds. temp: 10°c to 100°c with cooling and heating system. 1.156 portable conductivity / resistivity / salinity / tds meter the built in data memory ( 1000 items ) automatic calibration and calibration interval alarm function usable with single point calibration and usa / nist standard solutions. electrical resistivity / total dissolved solids / salt content conversion functions automatic range switching, automatic temperature conversion, and unit switching functions interval measurement function sample id no. setting function clock function and auto power off function usable with aaa alkaline batteries, ni mh batteries, or adapter. ip67 compliant waterproof and dustproof structure*accuracy of ±1 % of fs ± 1 digit & range from 0.1 μs to 100 ms in 6 decadic ranges , temperature range 0°c to 100 °c with 0.1°c resolution 1.157 portable ph meter the built in data memory ( 100 points ) automatic calibration and calibration interval alarm function usable with both single / multi point calibration and usa / nist standard solutions. automatic range switching, automatic temperature conversion, and unit switching functions interval measurement function sample id no. setting function clock function and auto power off function usable with aaa alkaline batteries, ni mh batteries. ip67 compliant waterproof and dustproof structure*. withph range from 0 14, resolution 0.01 ph temp ranges 0°c to 100 °c having 0.1°c resolution. should be supplied with calibration standard etc 1.158 automatic soil compaction machine as per i.s. : 2720 ( part vii & viii ) the automatic soil compactor replaces the hand compaction procedure as specified for dry density / moisture content relationship of soil. both light and heavy compaction tests can be performed by this machine using either 100 mm dia or 150 mm dia compaction moulds. the height of drop of the 50 mm dia rammer can be set either at 310 mm or 450 mm as per requirement. the machine is provided with a standard rammer weighing 2.6 kg for conducting light compaction and its weight can be increased to 4.89 kg for heavy compaction test by attaching additional rod supplied along with it. while using 100 mm dia mould the rammer carriage is locked in one position and the total area of the mould is compacted in about 25 strokes. the number of strokes i.e. 25 can be programmed, which are digitally displayed. locking during the course of test in this stage is through high force solenoids. a selector switch is provided on the control panel for selection between 100 mm dia mould or 150 mm dia mould. for 150 mm dia mould the rammer carriage shifts radially by 25 mm to give about 8 blows within the diameter of 100 mm and 17 blows beyond 100 mm dia that is between 100 mm and 150 mm. this sequence is repeated till the rammer completes 55 blows after which the machine automatically stops. safety features like safety lever for preventing rammer falling when the door is open, total cover for moving parts, m.c.b. for overload protection are provided as standard. i ) diameter of the rammer 50mm ii ) weight of the rammer 2.60 kg for light compaction and 4.89 kg for heavy compaction. iii ) height of fall of rammer 310 mm and 450 mm iv ) wired for 220 volts, single phase, 50 hz supply. 1.159 1. maximum surface temperature is 300°c.2. available in complete mild steel & stainless steel body.3. round & rectangular model.specifications:1. rectangular model: 30 x 45 cms.2. capacity ( watts ) : 20003. body: mild steel4. heater: 80 / 20 nichrome wire coil with ceramics beeds5. control: 3 heat switch / energy regulator / thermostat6. heat: up time 30 minutes from ambient7. surface: cast iron / stainless steel 1.160 length gauge conforms to is:2386 ( part i ) used for determination of elongation index of aggregate.length gauge with isi certification mark is:2386 ( part i ) , it consists of a metal plate on which 8 steel pins are vertically mounted with specified distances in between. this assembly is mounted on a hardwood base 1.161 thickness gauge conforms to is 2386 ( part i ) consists of a metal plate made of steel having slots as per provision of code 1.162 survey umbrella 1.163 standard vernier theodolite with erect image, optical plummet alongwith aluminium stand and with the following specifications in wooden box. accuracy 20 seconds. erect image using prism. optical plummet system embedded in circle. minimum focus 1.5 m, stadia ration 1: 100 ( constant ) : resolving power 4 or better; plate level sensitivity 45 / 2 mm or better ; vertical circle level 1 / 2 mm or better; length of telescope 178 mm approx circle, carrying case [ as per indian standard ] fitted with high sensitive bubbles. kept in wooden box with all the accessories. folding aluminium stand in canvas cover. with erect image having optical plummet arrangement. 1.164 double ended spanner set make taparia or equivalent 12 pieces makes a set 1.165 electrical table saw small 1.166 200 amp igbt arc welding machine dc inverter 1.167 classic arc 300 two phase and three phase amps mosfet welding 1.168 welders goggles 1.169 auto darkening welding helmet 1.170 chipping chisel 1.171 wire brush 1.172 hammer 1 / 2 kg 1.173 electrical portable hacksaw 120 v / 60 hz 1.174 maechanical work gloves 2 electronics and telecommunication items : 2.001 50 mhz dual channel cro. • automatic measurements of signal parameters like .pk pk, average, max. , min., rms, top etc. voltages and frequency, period, width, duty cycle, rise time, fall rime • waveform and set up storage facility. • colour display. • advanced features like sequential acquisition of up to 1000 trigger events should be possible. • standard usb host & device connectivity. • standard 23 2.002 function generator i ) it should be a waveform / function generator which can be upgraded to an arbitrary waveform generator . it may also have the feature upgrade the frequency of operation ii ) should have low harmonic distortion and jitter. detailed technical specification: • frequenc : 1 hz. to 20 mhz for sine , square and pulse waveforms and 1 hz. to 20 mhz. for noise • no. of channels : 1 • frequency resolution : 1 hz. • amplitude : 1 mvpk pk to 10 v ( pk pk ) in 50 ohms. • duty cycle for pulse : 0.01 % to 99.99 % • standard waveforms: sine, square, ramp, pulse, triangle, • operating modes: continuous, modulate, . . • modulation types: am, fm, pm, fsk, bpsk, pwm • am : source both internal & external, depth 0 to 120 % with 0.01 % resolution. • fm : source both internal & external, deviation 1hz to 15 mhz • pm : source both internal & external, deviation 0 to 360 deg c. • pwm : source both internal & external. deviation 0 % to 100 %. • power supply : 230 v, 50 hz. ac. 2.003 digital multimeter dc voltage:400mv to 1000v , ac voltage: 400mv to 1000v, dc current: 4ma to 10a, ac current: 4ma to 10a, resistance: 100 ohm to 40mohm, resistance: 100 ohm to 40mohm, capacitance: 4nf to 200μf, duty cycle: 0.1% to 99.9%, frequency: 10hz to 10mhz, temperature: 20oc to 750oc, transistor test: yes ( for npn & pnp ) , diode test: yes, continuing buzzer: yes, power supply: 9v, manual and auto ranging, display: 4½ digit 2.004 50 mhz dual trace cro bandwidth : 50mhz realtime sample rate :500msa / s ( single channel ) equivalent sample rate :50gsa / s number of channels :2 ch +1 ext memory depth :32kpts ( single channel ) acquisition modes :normal / average / peak detect average : selectable from 4 to 256 vertical sensitivity :2mv / div 10v / div vertical resolution : 8 bitsi nput impedance :1 mw ±2% ii 17 pf ±3 pf input coupling : dc, ac and gnd maximum input voltage: ±400vpp trigger sources :ch1, ch2, ext, ext / 5, ac line trigger modes :auto, normal, single trigger type :edge, pulse width, slope, video, alternate auto measure: fov shoot, rpre shoot, fpre shoot, rise time, fall time, freq, period, vpp, vmax, vmin, vamp, vtop, vbase, vavg, mean, crms, vrms, rovshoot, + wid, wid, +dut, dut, bwid, phase, cursor measure: manual, track and auto measure mode sin x / x, linear storage :internal : 2 reference waveforms, 20 waveforms and 20 setupsusb : bmp, csv, waveforms, setups communication port : usb host, usb device, rs232, pass / fail sample types : real time and equivalent time fft : window: hanning, hamming, blackman, rectangular measure display modes main, window, window zoom, scan, x y menu display :2 sec, 5 sec, 10 sec, 20 sec, infinite a pair of robes and accessories and mannuals. n.b.:repair and calibration facility of the instrument should exist within india 2.005 variable dc power supply dual supply , 0v to 30v , 2a ; ±3 to ±15v , 1a; 5v, 5a fixed, digital display. 2.006 diode trainer kit mains power : 230 v ac, 50 hz , variable dc power supply 0v to 12v / 500ma dc power supply for dpm 5v / 500ma, diodes: in4001 to 4007, dr25, by127 , zener diodes: 3.9vz, 5.1vz, 8.2vz digital meters for measuring voltage and current provision for add on components. all inputs / outputs through 2mm socket with provision of digital multimeter for measuring input and output 2.007 to study the rectifier with and without capacitor filter for : — ( a ) half wave rectifier, ( b ) full wave rectifier, ( c ) bridge rectifier transformer rating : 9 v center tapped ( 300 ma ) ; half wave rectifier o / p : +4 v dc , center tapped rectifier o / p : +8 v dc , bridge rectifier o / p : +8 v dc , filter : lc type , load :variable resistance 1kω , 0.5 w ; ammeter : range : 1μa to 200 ma ; voltmeter : range 1 mv to 200v; 2.008 to study the output waveform of push pull amplifier for class a, class b & class ab operations dc power supply fixed : +12 v , 12 v, +5 v , 5 v in built sine wave generator with frequency : 10 hz 100 khz , amplitude : 0 to 5 v pp 2.009 to study the fet characteristics trainer dc power supply : ±12 v , fet : j112a, voltmeter range : 200 mv to 200 v , ammeter range : 2 ma to 200 ma, display : 3 and 1 / 2 digit 2.010 to determine frequency response characteristics of rc coupled amplifier circuit and calculation of bandwidth, midband gain, input impedance and output impedance for : ( a ) single stage amplifier ( b ) double stage amplifier the single board trainer kit should contain on board dc variable power supply : ±12v dc ; 2 nos ammeter : range : 1μa to 200 ma ; 2 nos voltmeter : range 1 mv to 200v; signal generator ( 10 hz to 10 mhz, p p voltage minimum 1mv ) , necessary active & passive components for performing – low frequency, mid frequency and high frequency responses. 2.011 fet characteristic trainer kit dual variable dc power supplies 0v to 5v / 500ma and 0v to 12v / 500ma , dc power supply for dpm 5v / 500ma, one gate and drain resistor , one standard fet , digital meters for measuring voltage and current , set of patch chords & user manual . 2.012 mosfet characteristics trainer kit dual variable dc power supplies 0v to 5v / 500ma and 0v to 12v / 500ma dc power supply for dpm 5v / 500m, one gate and drain resistor , mosfet ( say 3n187 ) , digital meters for measuring voltage and current , set of patch chords & user manual . 2.013 shunt and series regulator trainer kit for following plots: line regulation and load regulation variable dc power supply 1.2v to 12v / 500m, a variable load resistor, transistor series voltage regulator circuit and transistor shunt voltage regulator circuit. all inputs / outputs through 2mm sockets set of patch chords & user manual 2.014 to study the v i characteristics of ujt trainer kit. variable dc power supply 1.2v to 12v / 500m, a dc power supply for dpm 5v / 500m, a ujt ( 2n2646 ) ujt characteristics ujt relaxation oscillator with two different timing capacitors , digital meters for measuring voltage and current , set of patch chords & user manual 2.015 to study the input and output characteristics and to find the h parameters of a bjt for : — ( a ) c e configuration, ( b ) c c configuration, ( c ) c b configuration hardware specifications :dual variable dc power supplies 0v to 12v / 500ma and 0v to 15v / 500ma dc power supply for dpm 5v / 500ma independent base limiting resistors 2 nos. ( low value ) independent collector resistor 1 no. transistor ( npn type sl100 ) .all inputs / outputs through 2mm sockets set with provision of digital multimeter for measuring input and output. 2.016 feedback amplifier trainer 12 v dc supply with + / 10% accuracy, configurable circuit, inbuilt sine wave generator with frequency range 10 hz to 10 khz range and amplitude variation 10mv to 4v, npn transistor. voltage series & shunt and current series & shunt configurable operation. 2.017 tuned amplifier trainer 12 v dc supply with + / 10% accuracy, configurable circuit, inbuilt standard sine wave generatort with frequency range 10 hz to 10 khz and amplitude variation 10mv to 4v, gang capacitor 2.018 oscillator trainer kit i ) hartley, colpitt , wien bridge oscillator trainer kit : i ) npn transistor ii ) on board oscillator section, separate tank circuit ( iii ) biasing voltage : +12 v , 12 v , +12v smps adaptor provided with the trainer for power supply. designed by considering all the safety standards. provided with an extensive manual. power supply to kit : 230vac, 50hz, all interconnections are made using 2mm banana patch cords 2.019 to determine the following characteristics of op amp: —a ) input offset voltage, b ) slew rate, c ) non inverting gain, d ) inverting gain e ) adder, f ) subtractor, g ) differentiator, h ) integrator and i ) voltage follower to adjust offset null, setup the closed loop amplifier using ic741 op amp also to ( a ) dc gain ( b ) ac gain. the set complete with + / 12v dc regulated power supply with milli voltage source, null arrangement and 2v / 20v dual range digital voltmeter , in built sine wave, triangular wave & square wave generator of 1 khz, 15v vpp ( approx. ) , dc power supply : 0 5 v ( vary through ( 2no. ) rotary switch for specific voltage level 2.020 to study the waveform of ujt as relaxation oscillator. two dc ic regulated power supplies 0 15vdc / 150ma & 0 30vdc / 150ma.three digital meters for voltage & current measurement.one ujt 2n2646 mounted behind the panel. 2.021 to study the characteristics of ic555 timer connected as:a ) astable multivibrator, b ) monostable multivibrator. dc regulated power supplies 0 30vdc / 150ma, in built ic555, all interconnections are made using 2mm banana patch cords , connecting wires 2.022 multi o / p programmable linear dc power supply 32 v / 3 a, 32v / 3 a, 3.3v / 5a fixed, easy operation with up down key, high resolution 10mv, 1ma, over voltage over current protection by software, 50 set memory, self test and software calibration, international safety regulations, auto step running with time setting, tripple o / p, auto tracking, rs232 communication, high stability, low drift, 4 digit display 2.023 digital trainer kit ( experiment 1. to verify the truth table of not, or, and, nand, nor, xor, x nor with ttl logic gates and cmos logic gates. experiment 2. to realize different boolean expressions with logic gates. experiment 3. to realize half adder, full adder, subtractor, parallel and serial full adder. experiment 4 to design 1’s complement, 2’s complement and 9’s complement adder subtractor. ) digital trainer kit: 10 logic level inputs & 10 led for output indication, fixed clock generation of 1hz 1mhz, logic pulsar, logic probe, potentiometers of 1k, 10k 100k, bread board of 1260 tie points, sine, square and triangular output waveform from 0 200khz., fixed dc, variable dc, ac power supply, necessary patch cords and user mannuals. 2.024 complete setup to design / construct programmable up / down counter. trainer kit to design / construct programmable up / down counter. kit with power supply, display unit, patch cords, manuals and necessary ic. 2.025 complete setup to implement encoder, decoder , multiplexer and de multiplexer. 5v d.c. at 100ma, ic regulated power supply, 21 input switches for data input, ic for multiplexing 74150 is provided on board with combinational circuit, ic for demultiplexing 74154 is provided on board with combinational circuit, one not gate is provided on board using 7404 , 16 output leds with driver circuit to observe the output of multiplexer demultiplexer, a pulser to provide the pulses manually for triggering, 230 v ±10% at 50 hz a.c. mains, necessary patch cords and user mannuals. 2.026 complete setup to design controlled shift register and study their function. ic for universal shift register , 5v d.c. at 100ma, ic regulated power supply., 10 nos. spdt switches for inputs, 5. nos. output leds with driver circuit to observe the output.230v ±10% at 50hz a.c. mains, necessary patch cords and user mannuals. 2.027 complete setup to design / construct parity generator, checker and comparator.  dc regulated power supply 5 vdc / 150 ma, 5 spdt switches provided for selecting logic ‘1’ & logic ‘0’, 2 output indicators, sufficient no of 4mm patch cords for interconnection, power cords 230v, 50hz, necessary patch cords and user mannuals. 2.028 complete trainer kit of a to d converters features:analog to digital converter • 8 bit descrete adc • 12 bit monolithic adc ic • on board signal generator with adjustable amplitude levels • on board led bank to observe digital outputs • power supply : +5v, ±12v gnd • interconnection is provided by 2mm connectors • experimental manual 2.029 complete setup to design / construct binary synchronous and asynchronous counter. trainer kit for binary synchronous and asynchronous counter. with power supply, display unit, patch cords, manuals and necessary ic. 2.030 d / a converter trainer technical specification • 8 bit binary weighted and 4 bit ladder type dac are constructed using discrete components • 8 bit monolithic dac having settling time in the range of ns, wide power supply range, low power consumption, full scale error ± 1lsb • 8 bit digital ramp adc constructed using discrete components • 12 bit monolithic adc having conversion time in the range of μs, industry standard pin out, wide input range • 8 onboard switches to provide digital inputs to dac • 8 bit counter running on external clock frequency to study settling time of dac • built in low frequency clock generator • 1 khz sine wave with adjustable amplitude level • onboard variable dc voltage source for studying unipolar and bipolar modes of adc • 12 output leds to observe adc outputs • ada operates on dc power supply ( +12v, 12v, +5v and gnd ) • interconnection is provided by standard 2mm connector 2.031 digital i.c tester universal ic tester: 40 pin dip zif socket, 50 cherry keys key pad and 16 x 2 lcd display, suitable for testing of analog ic, digital ic and 7 segment display. 2.032 a / d & d / a converter trainer featuresanalog to digital converter • 8 bit descrete adc • 12 bit monolithic adc ic • on board signal generator with adjustable amplitude levels • on board led bank to observe digital outputs • power supply : +5v, ±12v gnd • interconnection is provided by 2mm connectors • experimental manual digital to analog converter • 8 bit binary weighted resistors dac • 8 bit ladder type d to a converter • 8 bit d to a converter using monolithic ic • simple construction using op amp and resistors • onboard switches are provided for digital pattern generation • 8 bit digital inputs ranges from 00 to ff • variable frequency counter to study the settling time specifications • 8 bit binary weighted and 4 bit ladder type dac are constructed using discrete components • 8 bit monolithic dac having settling time in the range of ns, wide power supply range, low power consumption, full scale error ± 1lsb • 8 bit digital ramp adc constructed using discrete components • 12 bit monolithic adc having conversion time in the range of μs, industry standard pin out, wide input range • 8 onboard switches to provide digital inputs to dac • 8 bit counter running on external clock frequency to study settling time of dac • built in low frequency clock generator • 1 khz sine wave with adjustable amplitude level • onboard variable dc voltage source for studying unipolar and bipolar modes of adc • 12 output leds to observe adc outputs • ada operates on dc power supply ( +12v, 12v, +5v and gnd ) • interconnection is provided by standard 2mm connector • extensive experimental manual is provided with the kit experiments analog to digital converter • to study and measure resolution of adc • to measure the conversion time of the adc • to study full scale adjustment for unipolar and bipolar signals • to study the working of adc 2.033 to verify the mesh analysis and node analysis using independent and controlled source. any open resistive network., high watt fixed & variable resistances 2.034 to verify thevenin’s and norton’s theorems variable dc power supply 1.2v to 12v / 500ma load resistor variable current source resistive network thevenins and nortons equivalent circuit all inputs / outputs through 2mm sockets set of patch chords & user manual with digital meters for input & output. 2.035 to verify maximum power transfer theorem. dc power supply 5v to 12v / 500ma variable load resistor resistive network all inputs / outputs through 2mm sockets set of patch chords & user manual with digital meters for input & output. 2.036 to verify superposition theorem. dual variable dc power supplies 1.2v to 12v / 500ma resistive network all inputs / outputs through 2mm sockets set of patch chords & user manual with digital meters for input & output. 2.037 to study the series and parallel resonant circuit. independent resistors 3 nos. , independent capacitors 3 nos. , tapped inductance. all inputs / outputs through 2mm sockets set of patch chords & user manual with signal generator, counter, digital meters for input & output and user manual 2.038 to measure the characteristic impedance of symmetrical t and ii networks independent t & ii resistive attenuators terminating impedence ( 600 ohms ) all inputs / outputs through 2mm sockets set of patch chords & user manual 2.039 to test and to measure the cut –off frequencies of the following: — ( a ) constant k type low pass filter; ( b ) constant k type high pass filter two independent passive lc filter networks ( lpf & hpf ) all inputs / outputs through 2mm sockets set of patch chords & user manual 2.040 to test t and pi attenuator. independent t & ii resistive attenuators terminating impedence ( 600 ohms ) all inputs / outputs through 2mm sockets set of patch chords & user manual 2.041 to study standing wave pattern for a transmission line of finite length with: ( a ) open termination, ( b ) shorted termination and matched termination. 2.to measure the attenuation constant and phase shift constant for matched termination. transmission line trainer features:* 30 300 mhz sweep source with detector * calibrated attenuator * displays standing waves / maxima minima on cro * uses actual coaxial lines rather than simulated ones. * impedance matching. * measures vswr, reflection coefficient, characteristic impedance, velocity of propagation, dielectric constant and signal attenuation in tdr. * measure parameters of 50, 75 and 300 ohms cables * study time domain reflectometry. * study location and nature of discontinuities, open / short, mismatched terminations, etc. * offers a complete view of the transmission line in analog and digital domains, which is essential for complete understanding of transmission line behavior. technical specifications: a. frequency domain analyzer frequency range : 30 300 mhz typical lcd display. level : 100mv p p attenuator 50 ohms : 0.5, 1, 2, 4, 8, 15 db, output impedance : 50 ohms scope out : x y output to scope b. resistive impedance analyzer , characteristic imp. : upto 800 ohms , display : lcd c. time domain reflectometer prr short range : 10mhz typical, pulse width : <10ns typical, prr long range : 100khz typical amplitude : 1v nominal, output impedance : 50 ohms accessories: lengths of 50 ohms and 75 ohms coaxial cable, 300ohms, parallel line, lossy line, tee connectors, , standard load of 50 and 75 ohms, various capacitive and inductive loads, shorts, balun 1:1 & 1:4, operating manual, mains cord 2.042 to study the given rc integrator and differentiator at different time constant. kit consists of capacitor ( 220 p f ) , resistor ( r= 5.6 k ) , function generator ( square wave 5v pp , input frequency is i khz ) , cro ( dual channel ) 2.043 study the construction features of dc machine cut section of ¼ hp dc shunt motor 2.044 to control the speed of d.c. shunt motor above normal speed & draw the speed characteristics. dc shunt motor ½ hp ( full copper winding ) with chasis frame mounted powder coated iron angle based ply top ( with sunmica ) table cum panel stand, all digital meters ( 4 nos ) , 3 point starter with 2 rheostat power supply & direct 2 variac controlled power supply for field & armature also. 2.045 to control the speed of d.c. shunt motor below normal speed & draw the speed characteristics dc shunt motor ½ hp ( full copper winding ) with chasis frame mounted powder coated iron angle based ply top ( with sunmica ) table cum panel stand, all digital meters ( 4 nos ) , 3 point starter with 2 rheostat power supply & direct 2 variac controlled power supply for field & armature also. 2.046 to determine equivalent circuit parameters of single phase transformer by performing ( i ) o.c. test ( ii ) s.c. test. # 500 va copper transformer, tap primary 0 250v / / secondary 0 125v # variac 0 230v / 4 amp # wirewound resistance 500 ohm / 100 watt # digital voltmeter 2 nos, ammeter 2 nos, wattmeter 1 nos, powder coated iron angle based ply top ( with sunmica ) table cum panel stand. 2.047 study of three point and four point starter fabricated / mounted in panel both starter with inbuilt dc power supply upto 1 hp dc machine, powder coated iron angle based ply top ( with sun mica ) table cum panel stand. 2.048 computer programming language laboratory turbo c++ software 2.049 8085 microprocessor traineer kit high performance 8085a cpu operating at 3 mhz. 16 k powerful monitor firmware expandable to 32 k. 64 k user ram. expanded ram accessible using bank write protect facility for ram. 3.6 v ni cad battery back up. versatile keyboard / display controller using 8279. 24 highly reliable dual function keys. 6 digit seven segment led display. parallel i / o lines available through two 8255 chips. serial i / o through 8251 usart, with on board level shifters 1488, 1489.programmable communication parameters. built in audio cassette interface.3 channels of 16 bit timer / counters from 8253. powerful 8085 interrupt capabilities. on board eprom programmer with zif socket for programming 2716 to 7512 eproms and various eeproms. normal and intelligent programming modes. on board adc, dac, opto isolator, reed relay and miniature speaker. on board logic probe. single stepping, break pointing and machine cycle single stepping facility. monitor functions can be called through software interrupts. large collection of application software provided. all address, data and control lines from the cpu, buffered and brought out on 50 pin connector. additional stepper motor of specification: shaft type: 5 mm d current rating: 1200 ma2 voltage rating: 4 v holding torque: 44 oz·in steps per revolution: 200 resistance: 3.3 ohm2 inductance per phase: 2.8 mh number of leads: 6 lead length: 30 cm 2.050 microprocessor 8086 trainer kit intel 8086cpu at 4.77 mhz clock speed, 16kb for monitor eprom upgradable to 64kb 16kb ram expandable to 64kb battery backup provision for ram upto 64kb 16 x 2 ( or ) 20 x 4 alphanumeric lcd display 101 keys ibm compatible keyboard 24 ttl i / o lines brought out to two nos., of 26 pin frc connector 1 number of standard rs232c compatible serial port brought out to a pin d type male connector.3 channel 16 bit counter / timer using 8253. fully buffered address data and control signals terminated at a 50 pin header ( vxt bus ) for interfacing vbmb series of experiment boards and bus expansion. 8 no’s of interrupt lines are terminated at a 10 pin connector. kit operates with a single +5v / dc supply the kit and the power supply are mounted on a attractive light gray color fiber glass cabinet with fiber glass top cover. built in line assembler & disassembler powerful debugging monitor to develop user program. 2.051 to study the amplitude modulation and demodulation ttrainer kit features of amplitude modulation and demodulation trainer:on board message signal with variable amp / freq on board carrier signal with variable amp / freq am modulation using mc 1496 ic demodulation using diode detector and lpf, 6th order lpf, op amp based variable amplifier internal power supply +5v , +12v / 500 ma technical specification :message signal: sine wave frequency 100 hz to 2.8 khz, amplitude 0 to 3v carrier signal: sine wave frequency 28 khz to 108 khz amplitude 2v, modulation : balanced modulator amplifier : op amp based demodulation : diode detector & lpf low pass filter : 6th order lpf supply voltage ( board ) : +12v, +5v / dc supply current : 100 ma ( minimum ) input voltage : 230 v / 50 hz ac interface connectors : 2mm socket 2.052 am / fm radio receiver kit frequency range: 400khz ~ 1.5mhz intermediate frequency: 455khz inputs: rf signal output if frequency: 455khz adjustable if filter: dual tune lc, rf amplifier with variable gain , mixer ( frequency converter ) , local oscillator:output signal: sine wave frequency range: 400khz ~ 1.5mhz , amplitude: adjustable from 0vpp ~ 2vpp output impedance: 50 ohm , 1st and 2nd if amplifier central frequency: 455khz, load impedance: variable r l cgain : 40db with automatic gain control, diode envelope detector detection of the envelop with variable rc filter. audio output:amplifier with audio jack, audio amplifier gain: 26db, receiving media :mw coil antenna fm radio receiver, reception range: 88mhz ~ 108mhz with continuous tuning tuning circuit: using gang capacitor intermediate frequency: 10.7 mhz with ceramic filter experiments: study of double sideband am reception using envelope diode detector, study of single sideband am reception using product detector, study of image frequencies, study of adjustment of receiver tuned circuits, voice reception using dsb / ssb am receiver ( super heterodyne receiver ) effects of switch faults fm detection output level: 77.5vrms ( typical ) fm detection output distortion factor: 0.3% ( typical ) audio amplifier: gain up to 46db receiving media: adjustable telescopic antenna power supply: 12v, +12v, +5v, gnd output volume regulation, output load impedance of 8 ohm experiments am radio receiver to study am radio receiver to study of image frequencies for am fm radio receiver to study fm radio receiver to measure the frequency response of audio amplifier 2.053 analog signal sampling & reconstruction trainer kit kit provides to study signal sampling and reconstruction techniques: technical specifications:on board signals: sine wave:frequency: 1 khz, 2 khz. amplitude:0 5vpp, sampling clock: sampling methods: natural sampling circuit. sample and hold circuit and flat top sampling circuit.reconstruction: 2nd order and fourth order low pass butterworth filters with 3.4 khz cut off frequency. power supply: gnd, +5v, +12v, 12v. 2.054 pulse code modulation and demodulation system trainer inbuilt variable dc and 1 khz ac modulating signals, facility for applying external ac or dc modulating signal, modulating circuit consists of a positive clamper, sample and hold ( s and h ) , analog to digital converter ( adc ) , parallel to serial converter and control signal generator, observation of binary coded analog information by the led status for both modulation and demodulation, pcm modulation technique using ic, built in pulse code demodulation circuit using a serial to parallel converter and parallel shift register dac, low pass filter for both ac & dc, observation of modulated & demodulated waveform, provision to monitor output on cro, clock to be provided from the pulse code modulator to demodulator circuit, built in ic based dc regulated power supply with indication for power on & fuse, 4 mm patch cords – 4 nos, supply required 230v, 50 hz and 1 phase ac, comprehensive instruction manual complete with theory and operating details 2.055 frequency modulation and demodulation kit fm modulators :audio oscillator : sine wave ( 10vpp adjustable ) frequency ( 300 hz 3.4 khz ) fm modulators : 3 nos. • reactance modulator : carrier frequency 455 khz ( ± 3khz ) varactor modulator : carrier frequency 455 khz ( ± 2khz ) vco based modulator : carrier frequency 10 khz 200khz ( adjustable ) , mixer / amplifier adjustment fm demodulator: detuned resonant detector quadrature detector foster seeley detector ratio detector phase locked loop detector ( ic hef4046 based ) phase locked loop detector ( ic lm565 based ) , low pass filter : 3.4 khz cut off frequency amplifier ( with adjustable gain ) 2.056 delta / sigma delta and adaptive delta modulation demodulation kit • separate component and operational area • acrylic cover for component safety • modular organization of circuit functions • test points to access signals at every stage of circuit operation • multimedia based interactive e manual 2.057 dpcm & adpcm modulation / demodulation kit dpcm & adpcm modulation / demodulation kit on board signals:. frequency: 500khz, amplitude: 0 to 4 v pp 2.058 epbax trainer kit no. of subscribers: two dot lines, four extension lines. line section: opto isolation for trunk lines and four extension lines. tone genration: dial tone, busy tone, ring back tone, hold on music. cpu section: microprocessor based stored program control. memory: 64 kb program memory ( eprom ) , 32 kb data ram for buffer.speech path: fully non blocking. loop resistance: a ) extension: 600 ohms b ) co line: 1200 ohms cross talk attenuator: >70 dbm idle channel voice:>70 dbm insertio loss: extension to extension not less than 60 db. dial pulse ratio:10 pps + / 10 %. input power: 230v ac, 50 hz. longitudinal balance: 60 dbm test points: 38 nos, test points are provided on bopard to observe intermediate signals. switch faults: 8 switch faults are provided on board to study different effects on circuit. no. of telephones: 4 nos. power supply: +11v, +23 v, +5v, +15v, gnd. 2.059 black & white tv trainer kit with provision of fault finding system : ccir b, 625 lines, power supply : 230v ac, 50 hz, regulation range 170v ac to 270v ac., power consumption : 70 watts, gain limited sensitivity : 55 db for video & 25 db for audio sound output : 2.0 watts maximum. screen size : 20 diagonal. channel : vhf 2 to 12, uhf 21 to 68, s band and hyper band. isolated shockproof chassis. sections : electronic tuner, video i.f section, sound i.f, video amplifier, horizontal oscillator, horizontal driver and eht, vertical oscillator, and output, s.m.p.s power , controls : volume, tone, brightness, contrast. distortion : 10 to 15% in live program due to expanded p.c.b. all parts are soldered on tags on single pcb of size 19x15” with complete circuit diagram screen printed in different colors with fault creating facilities to create more than 25 faults. standard accessories : 1. frame with pcb mounting.2. picture tube fitted in wooden cabinet 3. a manual having 20 practical. 2.060 dth tv and set top box trainer kit power supply 230 v , 50 hz, input frequency: ku band, output frequency: 950 1450 mhz.noise temp: 35 degree, dish antena , lnbif frequency: 70 mhz 2.061 colour tv trainer with provision of fault finding standard : ccir b pal g, 625 lines channels : 230, 2 4 vhp i ( vl ) , 5 12 vhp iii ( vh ) , 12 100 : band iv & v, else : s band & hyper band picture tube size : 36 cms. diagonal rf input impedance : 75 w ( ohm ) 2.062 tdm pulse code modulation trainer kit crystal frequency:12 mhz, on – board generators:1. adjustable amplitude sine generator of 1 & 2 khz frequency ( synchronized ) 2. variable amplitude dc level ( 02 nos. ) , analog input channels: two, multiplexing:time division multiplexing ( tdm ) , modulation: pcm, sync signal: pseudo random sync code generator, error checking code:off, odd parity, even parity, hamming code, power: 230 v ac, 50 hz, 1 phase 2.063 tdm pulse code demodulation trainer kit 1. input channels : 2 tdm serial input 2. demodulation : pulse code demodulation 3. clock : regeneration by pll 4. low pass filter : butterworth 4th order 3.4 khz cut off frequency ( 02 nos. ) 5. operating speed : fast 240 khz / channel ( approx ) slow 0.977 hz / channel ( approx ) 6. error detection : off, odd or even parity, hamming code 7. error correction : hamming code 8. switched faults : 08 provided 9. test points : provided 10. interconnections : provided by sockets 11. power : 230 10% v ac, 50 hz, 1 phase 12. accessories : a. detailed instruction manual b. set of necessary patch cords 2.064 to study the v i characteristic of gunn diode. gunn based microwave trainer bench with gunn power supply, gunn oscillator, isolator, variable atteuator, frquency meter, bnc to bnc cable, swr meter 2.065 fdm transmitter / receiver kit on board clock generator, carrier generator 1 khz ~ 30 khz, pilot carrier 256 khz, 2 channel fdm communication system, dsb am modulator and demodulator, band pass filters 9 ~ 11 khz and 16 ~ 20 khz, 4th order butterworth low pass filters, multimedia based interactive e manual, transmitter: high frequency transmission using dsb multiplexing: frequency division multiplexing channel: 02 band pass filter pass band: filter 1 and 3 frequency range 8 ~12 khz with fc 10 khz: filter 2 and 4 frequency range 18 ~ 22 khz with fc 20 khz am / dm modulator modulation: amplitude modulation double side band receiver: amplitude demodulation of dsb de multiplexing: frequency division de multiplexing low pass filter, 4 order butter worth filter switch faults:8 switchfaults are provided on board to study different effects on circuit interconnection:2mm banana socket test points:25 test points are provided on board to observe intermediate signals power supply:gnd, +5v, +12v, 12v 2.066 digital storage oscilloscope bandwidth: dc 200mhz, channels: 2 + external, display: 5.7 inch lcd colour ( 320x 240 resolutions ) , sample rate ( real time ) : 500ms / s, max. input voltage: 400v ( dc+ac peak, 1 m ohm input impedance ) . 2.067 spectrum analyzer frequency range:9 khz to 26.5 ghz, phase noise : 102dbc / hz, max third order dynamic range, 1 ghz: 111db, displayed average niose level, 1ghz: 163dbm, standard attenuator range / step:50db / 10db, 70db / 10 squaredb, overall amplitude accuracy:+ / 0.50db 2.068 antenna trainer 86 860 mhz specifications:radiation pattern plotting software• stepper motor controlled receiver stand.antenna measurement system:rf source• source types : pll synthesized with integrated vco• frequency range : 100mhz to 3ghz• dynamic range : 85dbm• transmitted power min : 50dbm• transmitted power max : +5dbm • impedance : 50w / sma rf detector• detector type : logarithmic detector• frequency range : 1mhz to 8ghz• resolution : 0.1db• dynamic range : 85db ( ±3db ) • noise level : 90dbm• impedance : 50w / sma• representation of rf level : dbmdisplay• 128x64 graphic lcd display with backlit. keypad• 15 key membrane keypad for user entry.stepper motor controller• 1.80 resolutions.list of standard 22 antenna supplied with the setupwire antenna1. monopole plane base ground2. dipole ( 2nos. ) 3. yagi4. folded dipole 5. vee dipole6. rectangular loop 7. helicalmicrostrip antenna 1. planar dipole 2. planar monopole3. cmsa 4. tmsa5. 2x1 array 6. annular ring7. chip antenna 8. rmsa9. rmsa circular polarizedaperture antenna 1. e horn2. open ended waveguide rectangular array antenna 1. broadside array2. collinear arrayreflector antenna 1. corner reflectorsoftware• radiation pattern plotting and analysis software suitable for windows environment antenna positionerthe transmitter and receiver antenna stand is made of special material which is inhert to em frequency and it has engraved height and angle scale on it. it has facility to adjust the height and level. universal plug and fix antenna mounts are provided to hold the antenna assembly in vertical and horizontal orientation for co and cross polarization. accessories • sma ( m ) to sma ( m ) 50w flexible cable : 02nos• usb cable ( male a to male b ) : 01no• 3 pin 6 amp power chord : 01no • manual : 01no • software on cd : 01no experiments• measure the variation of field strength / inverse square law• prove the reciprocity theorem of antenna• plot radiation pattern of wired antenna omni directional antenna• plot radiation pattern of all aperture antenna• plot radiation pattern of all reflector antenna• plot radiation pattern of all array antenna• measure co polarization, cross polarization 2.069 microwave test bench ( klystron based ) klystron power supply: specifications: input voltage 230v+ / 10%, 50hz ac, beam supply voltage:200 450v continuously variable; current:regulation: better than 0.5% for + / 10% variation in mains supply voltage; ripple: less than 5mv rms , repeller supply voltage: 10v to 270v continuously variable with respect to klystron cathode regulation: better than 0.25% for + / 10% variation in mains supply volt , heater supply 6.3v dc ( regulated ) modulation square wave : frequency 500hz to 2000hz; max. amplitude +110v peak to peak, amplitude and frequency continuously variable; sawtooth frequency 50hz to 150hz; max. amplitude 60v peak to peak, amplitude and frequency continuously variable. vswr meter: ( sensitivity: 0.2 micro volts at a 200 ohm input impedance for full scale deflection, noise level: at least 5 db below full scale at rated sensitivity and maximum, bandwidth with input terminated in 100 ohms and 500 ohms for low and high respectively, a / c output : bnc connector for amplified output, frequency : 1000hz + / 10%, power : 230 volts ac, 50hz, mains supply ) 2.070 ask / psk / fsk modulation and demodulation kit features • vlsi based design • separate component and operational area • acrylic cover for component safety • modular organization of circuit functions • test points to access signals at every stage of circuit operation • multimedia based interactive e manual data simulator : onboard 8 bit variable nrz l pattern, crystal oscillator : 32.768 mhz, data clock : 256 khz, data format : nrz ( l ) , onboard carrier sine waves : 1mhz ( 0° ) , 1mhz ( 180° ) , 500 khz ( 0° ) , power supply : +12v, 12v, +5v, gnd. 2.071 microwave test bench ( gunn based ) gunn microwave test bench: gunn power supply ( 0 12 volts variable, 1 amp. max, modulation frequency : 1khz + / 10% ( 900 1100 hz ) , output connector: bnc ( f ) for gunn oscillator & tnc ( f ) for pin modulator, modulation: square wave, frequency : 500hz to 2000hz ) • gunn oscillator • isolator • pin modulator • variable attenuator • detector mount • swr meter ( sensitivity: 0.2 micro volts at a 200 ohm input impedance for full scale deflection, noise level: at least 5 db below full scale at rated sensitivity and maximum, bandwidth with input terminated in 100 ohms and 500 ohms for low and high respectively, a / c output : bnc connector for amplified output, frequency : 1000hz + / 10%, powe : 230 volts ac, 50hz, mains supply ) 2.072 antenna trainer 86 860 mhz ( with pc interfacing and automatic turntable and necessary plotting software ) trainer with radiation pattern plotting software on board rf generator, tone generator, plotting software, directional coupler, matching stub, forward / reverse goniometer with accessories. all types of dipole, broad band, array and narrow band antennas, current probe mounting stand, bnc tee, bnc bnc adaptor m, bnc bnc adapter f, bnc bnc cable, screw driver, student note book, operating mannual , text book on antena , polar graph, antenna fabrication circuit, power cord, accessories case. 2.073 antenna trainer 86 860 mhz ( manual antenna rotation set up ) trainer with radiation pattern plotting software on board rf generator, tone generator, plotting software, directional coupler, matching stub, forward / reverse goniometer with accessories. all types of dipole, broad band, array and narrow band antennas, current probe mounting stand, bnc tee, bnc bnc adaptor m, bnc bnc adapter f, bnc bnc cable, screw driver, student note book, operating mannual , text book on antena by j.d. kraus, polar graph, antenna fabrication circuit, power cord, accessories case. 2.074 1 ghz spectrum analyser 1 ghz spectrum analyser with tracking generator frequency range: 150 khz to 1000 mhz freqency resolution: 1 khz cf entry 40 hz sweep resolution at 2 khz per division, frequency display: 61 / 2 digit frqency control: digital phase lock resolution bandwidth: 3 khz, 30 khz, 220 khz, 4 mhz. 2.075 antenna trainer kit features ats b antenna trainer has been designed for teaching and demons trating the dipole, folded dipole antenna configuration. practical verifi cation of theoretical concepts is easily possible, because accurate and repeatable measurements of polar plots can be completed in short period of time. it comprises of two towers used for mounting the transmitting and receiving antenna, linear / log detector with digital readout for accurate and error free measurements, variable signal generator, 6 antennas, manual antenna positioner, cables, and connectors etc. it works in standalone mode. polar plots of the antenna can be charted out on the charts using offline polar plot software. radio characteristics source: variable source frequency range: 750 mhz ~ 850 mhz amplitude: 100 dbuv into 75 ohms detector / vswe meter:linear in db lcd readout amp range :: >50 db accuracy: ± 3db antennas: dipole 1, folded dipole 1, yagi 1, loop square 1, monopole 1, telescopic 1 all antennas fabricated for 800mhz experiments polar plots e and h plane cartesian plots e and h plane directive gain front back ratio side lobe level and angular position beam width half power and 10 db polarization study verification of inverse square law axiom verification of reciprocity axiom study of rf reflection and absorption 2.076 microwave power meter frequency range channel 1 normal mode 10 hz to 125 mhz low pass filter 10 hz to 50 khz enabled channel 2 50 mhz to 20 ghz sensitivity channel 1:10–30 hz: 40 mvrms , 30hz 125 mhz: 25 mvrms channel 2:50–300 mhz 20 dbm , 12.4–18 ghz 33 dbm 40–46 ghz n / a n / a 17 dbm maximum input :channel 1: 2 vrms , channel 2 50 mhz to 2 ghz +5 dbm damage level :channel 1 120 v ( dc + ac pk ) , channel 2 +27 dbm impedance ( nominal ) :channel1 1 mω / 60 pf, channel 2 50 ω connector channel 1 bnc female:channel 2 sma / apccompatible female swr ( typical ) :channel 2 50–300 mhz 1.5:1 10–20 ghz 3.0:1 20–26.5 ghz n / a 26.5–46 ghz n / a resolution selection 1 hz to 1 mhz accuracy ± 1 lsd 2.077 trainer kit to study reverse recovery characteristics of power diodes the single board trainer kit should contain ic regulated power supply, different types power diodes, digital ammeter and voltmeter and other necessary passive components 2.078 power transistor drive ckt study kit the single board trainer kit helps to study different drive circuits for power transistors. the trainer kit should contain : i ) different drive circuits for transistors. ( ii ) power transistors and power diodes ( iii ) inductors, capacitors and resistors. other necessary components for necessary following power transistors base drive controls circuits 2.079 to study drive circuit of scr isolated 230 v / 40 w ac power supply 1.2 v to + 15 v / 500 ma dc power supply * 0 18 v / 500 ma, 50 hz, ac power supply * variable frequency triggering pulses * dc gate signal control, pulse gate signal * synchronous ac gate control signal through diac * ujt triggering * 10:1 on board resistive attenuator * provision for 40 w lamp load * set of patch chords & user manual. 2.080 to study a single phase rectifier—output waveform with phase control circuit trainer kit to study single phase full wave bridge rectifier for fixed dc output, half controlled and fully controlled rectification facilities with r and rl, loads 1000 ohms 10 watts, 14 ma @ 0.05 a inductive loads. the single board trainer kit contains : ( i ) source for rectification of 4 to 24 v dc fixed and variable output @ a max of 500 ma helps to construct and study series and parallel resonance circuit. ( ii ) four diodes and 4 scrs in bridge configuration with gradual firing controls and necessary capacitive, inductive and pie filter components. ( iii ) digital ammeter and voltmeter. 2.081 to plot v / i characteristics of triac power supplies: isolated supply 0 220v at 2a. • operated on mains power 230v, 50hz +10% components are mounted on the panels are: • triac bt136 • diac db3 • ac phase control by rc firing circuit. • snubber circuit. salient features: • 10:1 potential divider for cro • protection cover • bulb as load • front panel built with high class insulated printed circuit board sheet with well printed circuits and symbols. • instruction manual. • patch cords 4mm both. • high voltage test points are provided with 4mm safety sockets • the trainer is housed in metal cabinet. 2.082 to study a polyphase rectifier isolated 230 v / 40 w ac power supply isolated stepped down 3 ph supply. * 3 phase diode rectifier in open condition * provision for load & cro output. * electronic phase sequence finder. * set of patch chords & user manual 2.083 to study smps with pwm regulator chip based on ic 494 as pwm, input voltage : 170v to 260vac, 50hz., output voltage : 5v, 5v, 12v, 12v, power good signal voltage / as required in computers, wattage ( i / p ) : 150 watt ( approx. ) , assembled on : pcb or board with providing different test points to observe waveforms and voltage etc. with fan cooling facility 2.084 to plot v / i characteristics of diac variable dc power supply 1.2v to 35v / 500ma dc power supply for dpm 5v / 500ma diac ( d32 ) forward and reverse characteristics of diac digital meter for measuring voltage and current all inputs / outputs through 2mm sockets 2.085 to study a phase control ac regulator isolated 230 v / 40 w, 50hz ac power supply, triac phase angle control, 10:1 on board resistive attenuator, provision for 40 w lamp load with digital meters at load., set of patch chords & user manual 2.086 servo regulator stabilizer study kit 500va servo stabilizer , 2 amp variac, digital input & output meters, lamp load, set of patch chords & user manual. 2.087 to study a jones chopper isolated 230 v / 40 w dc power supply, + 5 v / 500 ma dc power supply * scr jones chopper * gate firing pulses for jones chopper * 10:1 on board resistive attenuator * provision for 40 w lamp load * set of patch chords & user manual. 2.088 to study speed control of induction motor by voltage and frequency variation v / f controller 1 hp, ac sq. cage ind. motor 1 hp, digital volt & ammeter. 1 phase i / p & 3 phase o / p, 3 ph & 1ph mcb protection 2.089 to study the speed control of dc motor by: ( a ) varying field current keeping armature voltage constant; and, ( b ) varying armature voltage keeping field current constant dc shunt motor ( full copper winding ) .5 hp with base mount frame 1 no variac controlled 2 dc power supply ( 1 for field & 1 for armature ) dc volt & ammeter digital………4 nos panel mounted rpm meter………1 no. white bakelite front with conn. diagram & wooden safety box. metal frame table ( ply board with sun mica ) cum stand for panel 2.090 power electronics devices trainer kit should have built in power supply dc supply : + / 12v, 500ma, power supply 17v / 750ma, regulated 13.5v / 3a o / p mustbe provided as 12v battery charging supply. isolated dc supply +12v / 300ma with isolated common. on board inverter transformer of primary : 230v & secondaries 12 11 0 11 12 / 3a on board lamp load of 15w ( 100w ) should be provided. ac supply : 230v ac line voltage must be made available on two banana 4mm sockets must have two pulse transformers of 1:1:1 are provided for isolation & supplying firing pulses along with required dc power supply to experiment panel under test through 15 pin female ‘d’ connector. r l c load panel must have load resistor of 10w / 40w 1no. must have centre tapped 3a choke 4mh / 16mh each 2nos. must have commutation capacitors of 10mf / 100v 4nos. must have ac paper capacitor of 4mf / 440v 1no. 2.091 stepper motor study set forward & revarse rotation, auto & manual speed control without microprocessor operation. inbuilt pulse generator & led sequence display. 2.092 single phase bridge inverter on board firing circuit : ramp comparator method interconnections : 2 mm sockets ( gold plated ) scr : scr 2p4m 400v / 2a mains supply : 220v / 110v, 50hz / 60hz operating conditions : 0 40 c, 85% rh included accessories : 2mm patch cords , mains cord : 1 no., learning material ( cd ) : 1 no. 2.093 plc trainer ( experiment 1 use of simulation package for different function of plc. experiment 2 verify function of logic gates by using plc. experiment 3 write and verify ladder program for motor on off control with two push button ) hardware specification:ttl input switches : 8 nos, ttl momentary switches : 8 nos., proximity switch : 1 no., optical transducer ( two state ) : 1 no., programmable leds : 8 nos., analog input 0 to 5v dc : 8 channels, analog output 0 to 5v dc : 1 no., 4 to 20ma transmitter : 1no., 4 to 20ma receiver : 1no., current meter : 25ma fsd 1no., voltmeter : 10v fsd 1 no., piezo electric alarm : 1 bit.built in power supply.dedicated i / o interface card suitable for ibm computer suitable for isa slot. software specification:this is a gui based ladder logic softwaredrag and drop ( d&d ) an instruction instead of typing an instruction. this eliminates errors in typing. all the instructions are displayed on screen during design time. each and every element is directly addressed with their names not by numbers or codes, which are very difficult to remember. ex: at design time, you call a switch#0 in your ladder program by d&d the component called switch#0, and that’s it, not by typing a few digits numbers or codes.appropriate list boxes ( input, output ) open as you d&d an instruction in ladder workspace.ladder workspace is 24x100 instruction cells are available for your use.tool tip features are available at the end of each instruction prompting you “what to do next”very user friendly.extensive on line help menu available.gui based status of the entire plc is displayed during run time.programs are saved, retrieved, edited by simply clicking on menu list box.extensive edit features are available. 2.094 1 kva online ups trainer kit technology: spwm, igbt / mosfet ( for more than 72 dc volt igbt preferred ) , input voltage range: 170‐282vac, input phase:single phase with ground, nominal output voltage:230vac, output power factor: 0.8 lagging, battery connection should be internal only, on battery output voltage pure sine wave output at 230vac, battery type 12 v sealed lead acid maintenance free, battery dc voltage 36 vdc or higher, battery total vah ‐ minimum 432 ( 12v, 12ah*3nos ) or higher, battery backup time 30 minutes at full load or higher, audible alarms mains failure alarm, low battery alarm, overload and fault, protections advanced electronic protection for device, safety backed with mcbs, fast acting fuses, high speed pulse blanking, electronic overvoltage / undervoltage, static bypass switch, standard rs 232 port for software interface, user display: lcd display & indication, input voltage, output voltage, input frequency, output frequency, battery charging / discharging level, load level, input high / normal / low / fail, output overload , output short circuit, output fault. 2.095 stepper motor kit signal stepping and free running modes of operating with speed variation and direction reversal – internal ttl circuit. 360 degree motion servo potentiometer position pickup for motor dynamics. operation through microprocessor kitsample control programs provided. lfeatures stepper motor specification torque : 3 kg cm. step angle : 1.8 . power : 12v, 1a / phase interconnections all interconnections are made using 2mm banana patch cords. test points are provided to analyze signals at various points.all ics are mounted on ic sockets. bare board tested glass epoxy smobc pcb is used. in built power supply with power on indication attractive wooden enclosures of light weight australian pine wood. set of 2mm patch cords for interconnections users manual. 2.096 2mhz function generator output frequency: 0.2 hz~2 mhz, output waveforms: sine, square , triangle, ramp, pulse, etc. output impedance : 50 ohm ± 10 %, output amplitude: 20vp p ( 1mohm load ) ; 10vp p ( 50mohm load ) , output attenuation: 0db / 20db / 40db / 60db dc offset: 0 ~ ±10v ( 1mohm load ) ; 0 ~ ± 5v ( 50mohm load ) , symmetry: 10% ~ 90%. 2.097 power electronics development trainer size of breadboard : 172.5 mm × 128.5mm dc power supply :+5 v, 5 v 500 ma, +12v, 12 v 500 ma +15 v, 250 ma+35v, 35v, 250 ma ac power supply : 18v 0v 18v , 0v 15v on board firing circuits frequency range : 30hz to 900hz variable amplitude : 12v pwm control of g1, g2, g3 and g4 duty cycle control of “gate” signal is 0 to 100% scr assembly : 4 scrs 2p4m, 400v / 2a power devices : igbt g4bc20s, mosfetirfz44n, ujt 2n2646, diacdb3, triac bt136, put 2n6027 circuit components on board : electrolytic capacitor 10μf, 63v, electrolytic capacitor 1μf, 63v , met. capacitor 0.33μf, 63v , diode 1n4007, inductor 220uh, 4.7μh, 10mh. pulse transformer on board :2 nos. pt4502 1:1 and one is pt4503 1:1:1 load selector : 6 load resistances 47e / 7w, 1k / 1w, 1k / 10w, 10k / 10w, 120e / 5w, 2k2 / 2w. test points : 10 nos ( gold plated ) power supply ( mains ) : 220v / 110v, 50hz / 60hz included accessories : bread boards : 2 nos. connecting wires : 20 nos. 2mm to 1mm patch cords : 15 nos. 2mm patch cords ( red ) 16” : 4 nos. 2mm patch cords ( black ) 16’’ : 4 nos. 2mm patch cords ( blue ) 16’’ : 12 nos. mains cord : 1 no. with i ) power semiconductor application experiment panel ii ) con / inv panel iii ) triggering circuit / dv / dt protection panel 2.098 1. to study the operation and to use: ( a ) multimeter, and, ( b ) oscilloscope 2. to study the operation and to use: ( a ) af signal generator; and, ( b ) rf signal generator 3. to study the operation and to use frequency counter 4. to study the operation and to use frequency generator against above 4 experiment following instruments to be supplied 1 ) digital multimeter .. .............2, 000 / = 2 ) cathode ray oscilloscope 30 mhz……. ……………. each……….. 20, 000 / = 3 ) digital storage oscilloscope 25 mhz……………………each………… 20, 000 / = 4 ) af signal generator………………………………………………each…………….. 5, 000 / = 5 ) rf signal generator 50mhz………………………………………each……………. 20, 000 / = 6 ) frequency counter 2 ghz…………………………………………each……………. 15, 000 / = 7 ) function generator 5 mhz…………………………………………each……........... 15, 000 / = 2.099 digital lcr meter variable measured l, c, r and loss angle ( d factor ) measured frequencies: 1 khz, 100khz display: 3⅟₂ digit , resistance: 0 to 20 mω, 0.1 ω , capacitance: 0 to 20000μf, 0.1 pf inductance: 0 to 20000 h, 0.1μh , d factor: 0.01 to 8.0 with 1% error 2.100 distortion factor meter frequency : 20 hz to 200khz distortion:0.1% to 100% f.s.d. in steps , input sensitivity: 100mv ( r.m.s. ) , input impedance: 1mω / 160pf, voltmeter range: 300μv to 300v f.s.d. in 13 range 2.101 to measure l & q by maxwell method full bridge with oscillator, led null bar graph & audio ampr with speaker inbuilt for null ind., digital multimeter & cro sig. o / p inbuilt, imported ( bourna ) 10 turn pot for null adj., decade inductance with rotary switch inbuilt, backlight led & wooden hard box 2.102 to measure the unknown capacitance by schering bridge full bridge with oscillator, led null bar graph & audio ampr with speaker inbuilt for null ind., digital multimeter & cro sig. o / p inbuilt, imported ( bourna ) 10 turn pot for null adj., decade inductance with rotary switch inbuilt, backlight led & wooden hard box 2.103 to measure the distortion in a given waveform low frequency sine / square & triangle wave generator digital meters for frequency & voltage measurement digital distortion meter 2.104 to construct and test a q meter this kit consist of mixed signal generator, digital meter & specially designed q meter system to find out all mixed frequency. decade inductance box 2.105 to study the spectrum analyzer. +17 dbm 3rd order intercept at 2 ghz ±0.3 db absolute amplitude accuracy to 3 ghz displayed average noise level: –142 dbm / hz at 26.5 ghz, –157 dbm / hz at 2 ghz and –150 dbm / hz at 10 khz internal preamp available: danl of 156 dbm / hz at 26.5 ghz, 167 dbm / hz at 2 ghz phase noise: –113 dbc / hz at 1 ghz and –134 dbc / hz at 10 mhz carrier frequency, 10 khz offset high speed sweeps with high resolution and low noise: 1 ghz sweeps at 10 khz rbw in 2.106 to measure the unknown frequency by wein bridge full bridge with oscillator, led null bar graph & audio ampr with speaker inbuilt for null ind., digital multimeter with freq. counter & cro sig. o / p inbuilt& cro sig. o / p inbuilt, imported ( bourna ) 10 turn pot for null adj., backlight led & wooden hard box 2.107 microcontroller trainer kit 1.write a simple assembly programs for a. addition b. subtraction b. multiplication d. division 2. write a programs for ( any two of the following ) i. 4 x 4 matrix keypad interface ii. character based lcd interface iii. analog to digital conversion ( on chip adc ) iv. serial eeprom v. seven segment led display interface vi. interfacing with temperature sensor vii. stepper motor interface 8 bit embedded microcontroller trainer features • single board design with various resources • excellent training platform for embedded applications • software development tools include assembler and ‘c’ compiler • easy adaptability to different versions of microcontroller in the same family specifications • experimental board for 40 pin mcs51 and avr family of microcontrollers • in system programming ( isp ) facility for many microcontrollers • double reset signal with manual key • crystal frequency: 11.0592mhz • on board rs232 compatible serial interface terminated in a 9 pin d female connector • 4×4 matrix keyboard • 16×2 alphanumeric lcd connector ( 4 bit interface ) and trimmer for contrast adjustment • four 7 segment led displays • i2c eeprom ( 24cxx ) • real time clock ( ds1307 ) with lithium battery and sram • 8 high current output port ( 500ma ) for driving external loads • two 12v sugar cube relays • continuous tone piezo buzzer • temperature sensor socket with thermostat functions • four 8 bit a / d converter, one 8 bit d / a converter provided by pcf8591 • all port pins available on 10 pin box header • 8 leds for easy logic state monitoring • 8 input trigger switches using 8 push buttons • isp programming with flash isp for at89s51 / 52 / 8252 / avr • infrared remote control receiver module ic supported • p89v51rd2bn • at89s52 installable software on cd • programmers notepad : free, open source, text editor • flash isp programmer software for 89sxx • bascom basic compiler ( demo version ) • mide 51: an ide for mcs 51 microcontroller • winavr : open source c compiler for avr • sample programs for peripherals dc 12v / 500ma output power supply experiments • study of led blink • study of dancing light • study of lcd display • study of lcd keyboard display • study of 7 –segment display • study of rc5 remote control test program • study of analog to digital converter • study of real time clock ( rtc ) 2.108 microcontroller simulation software microcontroller simulation software: proteus vsm for 8051 2.109 to study the function of fibre optic analog link.to study the frequency response of optical receiver at various load conditions. 3. to study the losses in optical fibre:— ( a ) propagation loss, ( b ) bending loss. 4. to study the numerical aperture of optical fibre. basic fiber optics trainer kit will have features of ( i ) numerical aperture calculation ( ii ) fibe loss measurements facilties.transmitter : 1 no., led 660 nm, receiver : 1 no., fiber optic photodetector modulation techniques : 1. am 2. fm 3.pwm, drivers : 1 no. with analog & digital modes, clock : crystal controlled clock 4.096 mhz, pll detector : 1 no. ac amplifier : 1 no.comparator : 1 no. filters : 1 no. 4 order butterworth, 3.4 khz cutoff frequency, analog band width : 350 khz, digital band width : 2.5 mhz, numerical aperture of pmma fiber, loss in 1 mtr / 5mtr pmma patch cord. 2.110 to be familiar with the following network components: this will be a full package of the followings: ** rj5 / cat5 cables 100 meters rj 45 connectors 100 pcs cutter & crimping tools for rj45 / cat 5 cables cable tester / tracker…….. 4 pcs hubs with accessories & tool kit network interface different card 2.111 to be familiar with mobile telephone cellular system : egsm / gsm 900 rx frequency band : egsm 925, 960mhz, gsm 900, 935, 960mhz. tx frequency band : egsm 880, 890mhz gsm900, 890, 915mhz. output power : +5, +33dbm / 3.2mw 2w. channel spacing : 200khzantenna : loop type 50w display : 84x48 pixels.on board sections : antenna keypad sim charging circuit clock.user interface such as buzzer, vibrator and led’s.test points : 41fault : 25.features that can be set: screen savers ring tones logos sms etc.accessories : battery mains cord. instruction manualpower supply : 220v + 10%, 50hz / 60hz on request. gsm specifications: gsm capacity : gsm 900 / 1800egsm, gsm data services asynchronous transparent & non transparent.modes : 14.4kbits / ssim interface : 3v. rf characteristics: receiver: egsm sensitivity : < 104dbmdcs sensitivity : < 102dbmselectivity @ 200khz : >+9dbcselectivity @ 400khz : >+41dbc.dynamic range : 63dbintermodulation : > 43dbmc channel rejection : > 9dbc transmitter : maximum output power : 33dbm +2db ( egsm ) .maximum output power : 30dbm +2db ( dcs ) maximum output power : 5dbm +5db ( egsm ) maximum output power : 0dbm +5db ( dcs 1800 ) noise in 925 935mhz < 67dbmnoise in 935 960mhz < 79dbmnoise in 1805 –1880 mhz < 71dbmphase error at peak power <5deg.rms.frequency error : 0.1ppm maxpower supply : 9vcurrent consummation : max 500ma 2.112 to be familiar with cordless telephone digital cordless phone with caller id, rechargeable ni mh battery caller id with 50 name and number memory, 100 name and number phonebook entries, speaker: yes large 1.8 inch lcd display it is not wall mountable and does not come with powerfailure feature the box includes handset, base, battery, charger and user guide 2.113 to be familiar with fax printing technology ink jet monochrome, max printing resolution up to 600 x 300 dpi copier type digital, operating system support ms windows 2000, ms windows 98, ms windows me, ms windows xp 2.114 network components cat 5 / 5e / 6 cable : 100mtrs ( rs 2000 / ) , rj 45 connectors: 200pcs ( rs. 500 / ) rj 45 crimping tools: 05 ( rs. 800 / each ) lan cable tester ( rj 45 ) : 05 ( rs 1000 / each ) 2.115 desk top computer processor: intel core i5 third generation, operating speed: 3.4 ghz, ram type: 4 gb ddr3, hdd : 1 tb sata, monitor: 19 led , display resolution: 2048x1536, mouse: optical, ethernet: gigabit, keyboard: 104 keys, sound: integrated idt 92 hd89e audio, 3 gb video graphics, memory card reader, operating system: windows 10 os and quick heal internet security or equivalent. 2.116 ups 1 kva on line ups for pc, battery backup 2.117 24 port managed switch no. of ports: 10 / 100 mbps 24 ethernet ports, switch fabric: 32 gbps, form factor: rack mountable, os: lan base image, console port: availavble for configuration, mac address table: 4000 or higher, vlan: supported, mtu: 9100 with support for jumbo frames, warranty: 3 years onsite comprehensive warranty including parts and labor plus onsite technical support with 24x7 2.118 24 port unmanaged switch 24 port 10 / 100 / 1000mbps ethernet switch wifi router: 300 mbps wireless router with 4 lan ports and 1 wan port 2.119 8 port hub external power supply, 8 nos rj 45 connectors for 10base t / 100base tx, ethernet ports 8 port, capacity 1.6 gbps, wireless speed 10 / 100 mbps 2.120 access points 54 mbps access point for wifi network: no.of channel: dual channel for support upto 108 mbps ( 2x54mbps ) , backbone connectivity: connect over fast ethernet through backbone switches, security: security enabled wifi connectivity with option for broadcast of ssid, network: 802.11 a / b / g / n network support, poe: poe enabled, form factor: wall or ceilling mountable with physical lock suppor. warranty and support: 3 years on site comprehensive warranty including parts and labour plus on site technical support with 24 x 7 2.121 network passive component for networking utp cat 6 cable connected to the required location from patch panel to i / o boxes, patch panel: ethernet patch panel mounted on switch rack as required, rcak: floor or wall mountable rack of sizes 6u / 9u / 17u / 32u / 42uwith depth 750mm to 1000mm, i / o box: single, / dual i / o box of reputed brand, patch cord: 1 mtr / 2mtr long cat 6 patch cord. 2.122 lan trainer ethernet ( ieee 802.3 wireless lan ( 802.11 ) , token bus ( 802.4 ) token ring ( 802.5 ) , data rate : 10 / 100 mbps for ethernet, 1, 2, 5.5, 11 mbps for wirless & lan as per ieee 802.11b, connectivity through rj 45 connector. 2.123 pc based optical fiber lan trainer package pc based optical fibre lan trainer with necessary software package 2.124 installation & commissioning of network ( i ) laying of ofc & cat 6 cable ( ii ) splicing ( iii ) installation & network testing 2.125 to measure displacement with lvdt actual lvdt with instrumentation amplifier dc o / p with digital meter, 3and 1 / 2 digit led display with polarity indicator, sensitivity of 10mv / mm in the range of 10mm. 2.126 to measure temperature with thermocouple thermocouple sensor in steel case electric water jag. instrumentation amplifier with digital meter circuit diagram printed on kit external mounted actual sensor mercury thermometer 2.127 to measure temperature with thermistor thermocouple sensor in steel case electric water jag. instrumentation amplifier with digital meter circuit diagram printed on kit external mounted actual sensor mercury thermometer 2.128 to measure pressure with strain gauge strain gauge sensor with waight loading sysytem sample weights. instrumentation amplifier with digital meter circuit diagram printed on kit external mounted actual sensor 2.129 to plot the characteristics of rtd ( pt 100 ) rtd 3 wair sensor in steel case electric water jag. instrumentation amplifier with digital meter circuit diagram printed on kit external mounted actual sensor mercury thermometer 2.130 temperature controller with on off controller, temperature controller with pi controller, temperature controller with pid controller temperature controller with facilities for p, i, d and relay control blocks, operating temperature: ambient to 90°c, separate controls for p, i, d channel gains, two settings for relay hysteresis, fast 25w oven fitted with ic temperature sensor, forced cooling option to ready oven for next experiment, digital display of set and measured temperature on a 3½ digit built in dvm, 0 9999 sec, timer on panel for a convenient temperature response experiment, buffered output for recorder 3 mechanical items : 3.001 laboratory setup for measuring the co efficient of friction combined inclined plane and friction apparatus: it consists of 15cm x 60cm teak wooden board with glass top hinged on an iron base to which a sector with graduated arc and vertical scale is to be provided for adjusting to any required position. the plane may be clamped at any angle up to 45 degrees. a 5 cm dia. friction less pulley is to be attached to the end of the wooden board by means of a clamp. complete with brass roller cart and pan. two weight boxes ( each of 5 gm, 10 gm, 2 20 gm, 2 50 gm, 2 100 gm weight ) , boxes each weighing 300 gm with 8 mm ply case and bottom of different surfaces like, glass, teak wood, brass, copper, sand paper and card board are to be supplied along with the set up. for weight hanging cotton rope of sufficient length are to be supplied along this setup. hard copy ( two sets ) of instruction / laboratory manual along with calculation sheet is to be supplied. 3.002 simple screw jack simple screw jack is to be equipped with a square threaded screw of diameter 30 mm & lifting height 500 mm. all components are to be accurately machined, nut and square threaded screw with a pitch of 5 mm carrying a double flanged turn table of 20 cm dia. fitted on steel base and complete with two adjustable pulleys, cords and hooks. weights of 10 kg, 5 kg, &1kg. 2 pcs each along with all available combinations of effort weights, and instructional manual are to be supplied along with the setup. for weight hanging cotton rope of sufficient length are to be supplied along this setup. hard copy ( two sets ) of instruction / laboratory manual along with calculation sheet is to be supplied. 3.003 single purchase crab winch single purchase crab winch is to be fitted with a heavy cast iron wall brackets and attachable to portable m.s. framed trolley. the effort wheel is of c.i. material of 25 cm diameter with a hole for effort attachment mounted on a shaft of about 40mm dia. on the same shaft a geared wheel ( machine cut ) of 15 cm diameter shall be mounted. the teeth of this pinion wheel shall mesh with another ( spur ) toothed wheel of 30 cm diameter. this spur gear shall be mounted on another axle to which a load drum of about 7.5 cm diameter of heavy c.i. material are to be attached to which the lifting loads can be attached at bottom. a set of 5 slotted weights of 2 kg each and a hanger of 2 kg and two sets of additional weights for load ( starting from 1 kg up to 5 kg in steps of 500 gm ) and effort ( starting from 1 gm to 200 gm with all available combination. ) wooden scale – 1m ( 2 nos. ) for weight hanging cotton rope of sufficient length are to be supplied along this setup. hard copy ( two sets ) of instruction / laboratory manual along with calculation sheet is to be supplied. 3.004 double purchase crab winch experimental set up of double purchase crab winch is to be fitted with heavy cast iron wall brackets and attachable to portable m.s. framed trolley. a cast iron made effort wheel of more than 25 cm diameter along with a hole for effort attachment mounted on a shaft more than 40mm and a load drum of about 7.5 cm diameter. the teeth of the pinion wheel ( about 75 mm dia ) mounted on effort wheel shaft shall mesh with another ( spur ) toothed wheel of 30 cm diameter mounted on intermediate shaft. this intermediate shaft also contains another pinion ( about 75 mm diameter ) . this pinion ( spur gear ) meshes with spur gear of 30 cm diameter shall be mounted on the shaft ( 40 mm dia ) upon which a load drum of about 7.5 cm diameter of heavy c.i. material is also mounted. a set of 5 slotted weights of 2 kg each and a hanger of 2 kg and two sets of additional weights for load ( starting from 1 kg up to 10 kg in steps of 500 gm ) and effort ( starting from 1 gm to 200 gm with all available combination. ) wooden scale – 1m ( 2 nos. ) . for weight hanging cotton rope of sufficient length are to be supplied along this setup. hard copy ( two sets ) of instruction / laboratory manual along with calculation sheet is to be supplied. 3.005 worm & worm wheel experimental set up of worm and worm wheel arrangement is to be equipped with one worm wheel ( 40 teeth ) of 250 mm dia. with an integral drum having single start thread of 120 mm dia. made of cast iron that meshes with worm wheel, a cast iron made effort wheel of more than 25 cm diameter is mounted on the worm shaft and including of all accessories ( i.e. effort pan, load hangers, cotton rope of sufficient length, wooden scale ( 1m ) 02 nos ) , etc ) , two sets of additional weights for load ( starting from 1 kg up to 5 kg in steps of 500 gm ) and effort ( starting from 10 gm to 200 gm with all available combination. ) for weight hanging cotton rope of sufficient length are to be supplied along this setup. hard copy ( two sets ) of instruction / laboratory manual along with calculation sheet is to be supplied. 3.006 weston’s differential pulley block experimental set up for differential pulley block having ceiling mounting arrangement is to be equipped with a cast iron double sheave pulley block having 16 no. of cogs on bigger pulley and 8 no. of cogs on smaller pulley mounted on steel shaft that rests on sturdy cast iron bracket and moving freely on two bearings. a snatch pulley of 10 cm diameter with hook at bottom shall be supplied along with a endless steel chain, and a hook for placing the effort weights. two sets of additional weights for load ( starting from 1 kg upto 5 kg in steps of 500 gm ) and effort ( starting from 10 gm to 200 gm with all available combination. ) for weight hanging cotton rope of sufficient length are to be supplied along this setup. hard copy ( two sets ) of instruction / laboratory manual along with calculation sheet is to be supplied. 3.007 rockwell hardness testing machine rockwell cum rockwell superficial hardness tester must confirm to is 1586, is 3804, is 5072 and is 5073 ( all latest edition ) with suitably fabricated body, with in built leveling screw at body base; the hardness measurement scales for direct reading of rockwell scales hrc, hrb, hra, hrn & hrt with major load of 15, 30, 45, 60, 100&150 kgf ) & minor loads ( 3 / 10kgf ) in all scales; test force application hydraulic application system / automatic ( dash pot ) ; max. test height 230mm; depth of throat 133mm; auto zero setting dial gauge; least count for rockwell tester should be 1.0 and for rockwell superficial tester it should be 1.0; net wt. not less than 60 kg ; approximate m / c dimensions – l 450, w 260, h 625; rockwell & rockwell test consists of forcing an indentor ( diamond or ball ) into the surface of the test piece in two steps i.e. first with preliminary test force & thereafter with additional test force & then measuring depth of indentation after removal of additional test force ( remaining preliminary test force active ) for measurement of depth of penetration. the machines should be suitable for rockwell tests. this is motorized digital hardness testers having lcd display for easy hardness measurement. the results displayed in 0.1 rockwell unit for more accurate measurement. the machine for rockwell & rockwell superficial test a preliminary test force in first applied and then indicator is automatically set for zero. quickly thereafter an additional test force is applied without removing the preliminary test force. when the penetration is stabilized, the additional test force is removed and the hardness number is shown directly on the indicator. features: the machine body should have a taper front look & large size read out in the front. the machine should be powder coated for better look. the elevating screw of the machine is guided in a hardened & ground bush, not allowing movement of the elevating screw more that 0.05mm when raised to full height. a hardened & ground stepped brush is fixed on top of the main screw for location & rest surface for trouble free long life machine accuracy; an antifriction linear bearing with almost no clearance is to be provided for a perfect vertical movement of loading plunger with minimum friction. this enables testing of small dia pin or ball upto 3mm; all machine models are provided with automatic zero setting dial gauge hence zero setting at every test can be avoided. standard accessories: testing table 50 mm dia 1no; testing table 38 mm dia with “v” groove for round jobs 6 45 mm dia 1no; diamond indenter ( rockwell ) 1 no; steel ball indenter 1 / 16” with 5 spare balls 1 set; test block rockwell “c” 1 no; test block rockwell “b” 1 no; test block hr30 n 1 no; allen spanners 5 nos; screw driver 1no; clamping device 1 no; dash pot oil 1 no; wooden box for std. accessories 1 no; telescopic sleeves for elevating screw protection 1 set; machine cover 1 no; instruction manual 1no. specification of some critical items: test block: diamond tools; indenters: diamond tools; dial: baker / mituttyo; all fabricated steel body should with powder coating. hard copy ( two sets ) of instruction / laboratory manual along with calculation sheet is to be supplied 3.008 brinell hardness testing machine basic machine is to be designed with a hydraulic power pack and control circuit for effortless loading and unloading operation. an optical device with 14 x magnification is to be provided in front of the tester to project diameter of ball impression on glass screen with micrometer measuring system having 0.01 mm accuracy. the indenter must swivels & projects dia of ball impression immediately after unloading operation. these testers are suitable for measuring the hardness of all type of alloys parts with high degree of accuracy at all loads. these testers strictly conform to is 2281 2005. bs 100003 2 and astm 10. this tester has motorized loading & unloading cycle. this m / c should be capable to allow small loads for testing of aluminium & copper alloys. test loads: 500 to 3000 in stage of 250 kgf; initial load in kgf: zero; maximum test height: 380mm; throat:200 mm; depth of elevating screw below base: 180 mm approx.; approximate machine dimension: l1025 x w645 x h1175 approx. size of base: 400 x 740 mm approx.; net weight:450 kg. approx.; drive motor: 0.5 hp; mains power supply: 415v, 50 hz, 3 phase, ac; indentation measurement: direct reading optical device with 14x magnification; scale least count ( mm ) : 0.01 mm; diagonal measuring range: 1.0 to 6.0 mm; standard accessories: testing table dia 200 mm: 1 no.; 70 mm v groves testing table for round jobs of dia 10 to 80 mm: 1 no.; ball holder dia 5 mm: 1 no.; ball holder dia 10 mm: 1 no.; test block hbw 5 / 750: 1 no.; test block hbw 10 / 3000: 1 no.; allen spanner: 4 nos.; steel ball dia 5 mm: 5 nos.; steel ball dia 10 mm: 5 nos.; instruction manual: 1 book. specification of some critical items: objective lens make :cosmo; test block :diamond tools ( make ) ; indenters: diamond tools ( make ) ; bearing : nachi japan / ntn japan / fag; motor make: hindustan / kirloskar; pump make: gear hydro / greaves; hard copy ( two sets ) of instruction / laboratory manual along with calculation sheet is to be supplied. 3.009 charpy & izod impact testing machine ( mechanical type ) , impact tester is to be a simple & accurate means to produce & measure energy directly in charpy and izod scale. this tester is suitable for measuring the energy of all type of alloys parts with wide testing range from soft to hard & their results must be accurate. the test method confirmed to bs 131: part 4 1972, ( amended 15 august. 1933 ) , bsen iso 148:2:2016 and astm 10. for impact tester the pendulum is mounted on antifriction bearing, it has two starting positions, the upper one of charpy & the lower one for izod. charpy tested up to 300 j and izod 168 j, high accuracy & repeatability of measurement at all energy with in ±1%. max capacity: 300 j in charpy & 168 j in izod; min graduation : 2.0 j; machine dimension: 1.1 m x 0.45 m x h1.65m weight: 375 kg; base weight : 285 kg approx.; striker steel grade : en 36; anvil steel grade : en 36; bearing make : nachi, japan / fag / ntn; all casting used are steel cast grade. standard accessories: charpy / izod anvil block 1no. each; striker 2 no. ( charpy & izod ) ; weights 1 set; allen spanners 4 pcs.; instruction manual 1no. conforming to is 1598 ( 1977 ) hard copy ( two sets ) of instruction / laboratory manual along with calculation sheet is to be supplied. 3.010 universal testing machine universal testing machine: max. capacity: 400 kn; measuring range analogue: 0 400 kn, 0 200kn, 0 100kn & 0 40kn; load resolution analogue: 1st range: 1kn, 2nd range: 0.5kn, 3rd range: 0.25kn & 4th range: 0.1kn; load range with accuracy of measurement: ±1.0%: 8 to 400 kn; clearance for tensile at fully descended: working piston: 50 700 mm; clearance for compression test at fully: descended working piston: 0 700 mm; clearance between columns: 500 mm; ram stroke : 200 mm; straining / piston speeds: 0 150 mm / min; should be enable hydraulic wedge action grip; continuous roll autographic recorder supplied as standard to enable study of the behaviour of materials; motor driven threaded columns for quick effortless adjustment of middle crosshead to facilitate rapid fixing of test specimen; arrangement for easy change from plain to screwed specimen; should have simple control for the ease of operation, must be made of robust straining frame of an extremely rigid construction ( spheroidal graphital iron ) , automatic load selector for all range, fully enclosed and protected pendulum. universal testing machine is to be designed for testing metals & other materials under tension, compression, bending, and transverse & shear loads. load is applied by hydrostatically lubricated ram. main cylinder pressure is transmitted to the cylinder of the pendulum dynamometer system housed in the control panel. the cylinder of the dynamometer is also of self lubricating design. the load transmitted to the cylinder of the dynamometer is transferred through a lever system to a pendulum. displacement of the pendulum actuates the rack and pinion mechanism which operates the load indicator pointer and autographic recorder. the machine consists of straining unit: this consists of a cylinder motor with chain & sprocket drive & a table coupled with the ram of the hydraulic cylinder, mounted on to the robust base. the cylinder & the ram are individually lapped to eliminate friction. the upper crosshead is rigidly fixed to the table by two strengthened columns. the lower crosshead is connected to two screwed columns which are driven by a motor. axial loading of the ram is ensured by relieving the cylinder & ram of any possible side loading by the provision of ball seating. an elongation scale, with a minimum graduation of 1mm, is provided to measure the deformation of the specimen. tension test is conducted by gripping the test specimen between the upper & lower cross heads. compression, transverse, bending, shear & hardness tests are conducted between the lower crosshead & the table. the lower crosshead can be raised or lowered rapidly by operating the screwed columns, thus facilitating ease of fixing of test specimen. control panel: the control panel consists of power pack complete with drive motor & an oil tank, control valves & analogue dial unit. power pack: the power pack generates a maximum pressure of 200kg / cm2. the hydraulic pump provides continuously non pulsating oil flow. hence the load application is very smooth. hydraulic controls: hand operated release valve & motorized control valve are used to control the flow to & from the hydraulic cylinder. the regulation of the oil flow is infinitely variable. incorporated in the hydraulic system is a regulating valve which maintains a practically constant rate of piston movement. control by this valve allows extensometer reading to be taken. load indicator system: this system consists of a large dial and a pointer. a dummy pointer is provided to register the maximum load reach during the test. different measuring ranges can be selected by operating the range selection knob. an overload trip switch is incorporated which automatically cut out the pump motor when the load range in used in exceeded accuracy & calibration: the machine is to be calibrated over each of its measuring ranges in accordance with the standards as laid down in is: 1828: part1: 1991 & is 1608 ( 2005 ) . an accuracy of ±1% is to be guaranteed from 2% to 100% of the capacity of the machine. some component specification of critical items: hydraulic motor make : remi; gear motor make : ravi, power pack of hydraulic grip: polyhydron systems pvt ltd., bearing make : kg, nachi, japan, skf, ntn japan; all casting are to be of steel cast grade; panel & measuring panel should be powder coated; screw & column should be hard crome plating. for any change authority’s approval is needed. standard accessories: for tension test: a ) grips for round specimen: dia mm ) φ10~φ20, φ20~φ30, φ30~φ40 3 sets; b ) grips for flat specimen thickness ) 0~10 mm, 10 20 mm, 20 30mm ( width 65mm ) 3 sets; for transverse test: table with adjustable rollers width of rollers 160mm, diameter of rollers 30mm, max. clearance between supports 500mm, ; radius of punch tops 12mm, 16mm 1 set; pair of compression plates dia. 120mm – 1 set; shear test attachments: 0 20 mm size dia ( double shear ) 1 set; high pressure hydraulic pack: hydraulic pack separate for gripping device & loading hydraulically 2 set; mechanical extensometer double dial display: measuring range: 0 3mm, thickness or dia of specimen: 1 20mm, gauge length 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 100 & 120mm – 1 set; foundation are to be made as per foundation drawing, machine should be installed on the foundation, power connections are to be made, hydraulic oil or any other oil required for commissioning the machine has to be supplied for commissioning. 2 hard copies of operation manual with electric wiring diagram and hydraulic circuit diagram & laboratory manual are to be supplied along with the set up and installation & demonstration are to be given to the users. hard copy ( two sets ) of instruction / laboratory manual along with calculation sheet is to be supplied. 3.011 torsion testing machine electronic torsion testing machine of capacity 100 nm capacity: maximum torque capacity: 5 nm to 100nm; torque resolution: 0.04 nm; torque range: 100, 50 & 20 nm; angle of twist resolution: 1 degree; clearance between grips : 0 420mm; accuracy of torque measurement: ±1% in the range from 4% to 100% of machine capacity; motor ( 440v, 3 phase & 50 hz ) : 0.5 hp; machine is conduct test slowly by a handle which facilitates finding modulus of rigidity “g”; graph provision should be there for torque vs angle of twist graph & to calculate various parameters like torsional shear strength, modulus of rigidity etc. standard accessories: display : dial pointer display; the machine should be suitable for torsion and twist tests on various metal rods & flats; torque should be measured by torque dial indicator & angle of twist measure by rotary dial; geared motor should apply the torque to the specimen through gear box; grip for round specimen: 4 8mm, 8 12mm dia.; grip for flat specimen : 2 8 mm width 25mm; the display of torque & angle of twist on dial; machine manual: 1 sets. specification of some critical item: gear motor make : ravi; bearing make: nachi, japan / ntn, japan / skf foundation are to be made as per foundation drawing, machine should be installed on the foundation, power connections are to be made, hydraulic oil or any other oil required for commissioning the machine has to be supplied for commissioning. 2 hard copies of operation manual with electric wiring diagram and hydraulic circuit diagram & laboratory manual are to be supplied along with the set up and installation & demonstration are to be given to the users. hard copy ( two sets ) of instruction / laboratory manual along with calculation sheet is to be supplied. 3.012 air conditioning tutor, the laboratory model of air conditioning tutor unit consists of ducting fitted with various air conditioning components. air flow is to be provided within duct of size 200 mm x 200mm by an axial flow fan and within the flow path heaters, cooling coil and steam humidifier connections are to be provided. cooling circuit consists of a hermetically sealed compressor; air cooled condenser, thermostatic expansion valve, and evaporator. specifications: cooling circuit: compressor hermetically sealed ( kirloskar make ) for 2 / 3 tr with freon 2.; condenser air cooled type , made by copper tubing with fins, with a condenser cooling fan ( ge ) – reqd. capacity, evaporator coil – to be made from copper tube.expansion devices: thermostatic expansion valve ; rotameter ( glass tube type ) for measuring the flow of refrigerant, pressure gauges for high pr and low pr. measurement, hp / lp cutout, digital temperature indicators for measurements of temperature at various points energy meter for compressor input power condensate measuring arrangement. heating coil: air heater with input control provided with energy meter for input measurement ( heating capacity 1 kw ) . steam generator and injector for humidification of air. anemometer for measurement of air velocity ( range 0 – 15m / s ) , sling psychrometer to measure dbt and wbt, psychometric chart . this unit should be capable of cooling of atmospheric air, heating of air, humidification of air, dehumidification and heating of air. hard copies of instruction manual ( with schematic diagram, sample calculations and observation table ) & maintenance manual are to be supplied along with the set up at the time of installation & also demonstration are to be given. 3.013 bomb calorimeter with complete outfit, bomb calorimeter with complete outfit, suitable for analysis of heat of combustion organic matter as per the indian standard recommendation & consisting of standard accessories like bomb, bomb firing unit, valve for bomb, valve key, vibrator, timer, stirrer, o ring for stirrer, connecting tube, pressure gauges, thermometer, digital temperature measuring unit, pellet developing unit, beckman stainless steel crucible, ignition wire ( 2 m nichrome ) cotton reel, stand for bomb lid, hook for lifting bomb etc., and instruction manual. equipment should be capable of performing experiment as per is 1448 ( part 6 1984 or later ) , complete with supply of one oxygen gas cylinder –7.0 m3, gas charging unit ( pressure gauge, gas release valve, spanner for oxygen tube connection, gas pipe etc ) and benzoic acid 100 g. machine / setup manual – 01 set hard copies ( two sets ) of instruction / laboratory manual with sample calculations and observation are also to be supplied along with this setup. 3.014 cut out model of room air conditioner actual working model of window type room air conditioner ( new ) showing the details of all internal parts and connectivity among them for demonstration purpose.all internal components should be labeled properly. 3.015 cut section model of fire tube cochran boiler cut section model of fire tube cochran boiler model showing the details of all internal parts, boiler mountings and accessories for demonstration purpose. all internal components should be labeled properly. 3.016 cut section model of lancashire boiler, cut section model of lancashire boiler, model showing the details of all internal parts, boiler mountings and accessories for demonstration purpose. all internalcomponents should be labeled properly 3.017 cut section model of water tube babcock and wilcox boiler, cut section model of water tube babcock and wilcox boiler, model showing the details of all internal parts, boiler mountings and accessories for demonstration purpose. all internal components should be labeled properly. 3.018 cut section of actual hermetically sealed reciprocating compressor cut section of actual hermetically sealed new reciprocating compressor with rotating arrangement to show the reciprocating motion of compressor. cut section showing details of all internal parts and accessories for identification of components and demonstration purpose all internal components should be labeled properly. 3.019 refrigeration demonstration unit, laboratory model of refrigeration unit consist of different components that work on vapour compression refrigeration cycle. this unit contains: hermetically sealed compressor ( kirloskar make ) for 1 / 3 tr with cfc free refrigerant, expansion devices: capillary tube of required length and thermostatic expansion valve; evaporator coil made of copper coil; air cooled condenser made of copper tube; controls: services valve, solenoid valve, filter drier for refrigerant, hp / lp cutout, thermostat, measurement devices: digital temperature indicator for measurement of temperature at different locations, pr gauges for condensing and evaporating pr., energy meter for compressor input power, voltmeter and ammeter for compressor, rota meter for liquid flow measurement, etc. the unit should be capable of measure cop of the unit, refrigerating effect and work input. setup manual – 01 copy. instructional and laboratory manual with sample calculations are to be provided. installation and commissioning of said item are to be done. 3.020 separating & throttling steam calorimeter with boiler, this laboratory setup is used to find out dryness fraction of steam by combined separating and throttling calorimeter. the steam from steam mains is passed through separating calorimeter where it losses most of its moisture contents and become comparatively drier, it is then passed through the throttling calorimeter where superheating taking without change of total heat, the temperature and pressure place. this set up mounted on a portable steel structure fully instrumented to determine quality of steam at pressure of steam 8.0 10.0 kg / cm2 using separating calorimeter ( consist of two concentric chambers throttling calorimeter with steam condensing units, non ibr small steam boiler shell fitted with immersion heater ( not less than 3kw ) and furnished with safety valve, water level indicator, pressure gauge, blow off cock, over temperature protection, digital thermometer, steel lagging jacket, power supply for heating: 230 v, single phase ac. arrangement for drainage of balance water after experiment to be done. operation, maintenance and laboratory manual with calculation sheet are to be supplied along with this setup. 3.021 thermal solar water heating system, non pressurized solar water heater with evacuated tube set with measuring arrangement of pressure, temperature and quantity of water. capacity 100 liter. no. of evacuated tubes atleast 10 ( with suitable diameter & length ) anodized aluminum stand with angle adjustment arrangement, stainless steel water tank, max. operating pressure 0.5 mpa, complete installation & commissioning should be done by the supplier at the convenience of the user. operation, maintenance and laboratory manual with calculation sheet are to be supplied along with this setup. 3.022 stefan boltzmann’s apparatus, the apparatus consists of the following for carrying out the experiment to measure stefan boltzmann’s constant. the apparatus consists of a hemisphere surrounded by hot water. hot water is obtained from a water heating tank. when blackened disc is inserted at the centre of the hemisphere, the heat is transferred into the disc from hemisphere by radiation and its temperature begins to rise. the rate of temperature rise is measured at the intervals of 5 s. stefan boltzmann constant is determined . specification: water heating tank with electric immersion heater; hemisphere made of copper, 200 mm dia, surrounded hot water jacket of 250 mm dia; test disc made of copper 20 mm dia., 1.5 mm thick provided with thermocouple at the centre; multichannel digital temperature indicator 0 – 200 degree c with least count 0.1 degree c to measure temperature of hemisphere and disk; audible buzzer with timer to bell at every 5 s. setup manual – 01 copy. 2 hard copies of operation and laboratory manual with calculation sheet are to be supplied along with the apparatus.and installation & demonstration are to be given 3.023 dead weight pressure gauge tester it is used for calibration of pressure gauge ( range 1 70kg / cm2 with step 1 kg / cm2 and 0 – 7kg / cm2 with step 0.1 kg / cm2 ) , relationship between pressure acting on the known area of a vertically free floating piston producing a force balanced by known dead weight which is used on the dead weight pressure gauge tester. the main components of dead weight tester are a ) screw pump to generate pressure in the circuit, of adequate capacity and operated by turning the spoked handle, permits easy and accurate setting of pressure. b ) free piston assembly of special steel, hardened, tempered, ground and lapped to make accurate size and very fine surface finish to provide true floating action. c ) set of weights marked in convenient values of pressure ( in kgf / cm2 ) and easily stacked on the carrier weight box. 2 set of hard copies of operation and laboratory manual with calculation sheet are to be supplied along with the apparatus. 3.024 apparatus to measure thermal conductivity of a solid metallic rod the apparatus consists of a copper bar which is to be heated at one end and heat sink is to be provided at other end. the test section of the bar is properly to be insulated and thermocouples are to be attached at 8 locations along the length of the bar, heat conducted through the section of the bar is measured by the heat absorbed by water in water cooled heat sink. a panel containing different controls and measurement display is to be provided. specification: metal bar made of copper with diameter not less than 25 mm of adequate length provided with 8 thermocouples along the length, band heater at one end and water cooled ( rate of water flow 2 l / minute ) heat sink at other end. test portion of bar is properly to be insulated.; the panel contains voltmeter 1no, ammeter – 1 no, dimmer stat 0 – 230 v 2a , multichannel digital temperature indicator; measuring flask and stop watch and thermometer mercury glass ( 0 – 100 degree c ) . 2 set of hard copies of operation and laboratory manual with calculation sheet are to be supplied along with the apparatus. 3.025 shell and tube heat exchanger this experiment setup is to be made of two tube single pass heat exchanger. the hot water is to be provided from water heater 3 kw capacity. the hot water enters into the lower side of end box, flows through the tubes in lower half of the shell and comes to the other end of the shell. it reverses its direction, flows through the tubes in upper half and leaves out. cold water enters lower part of the shell passes over the tubes between the baffles and leaves out the shell through outlet at upper surface of shell. specification: shell – 150 nb having 750 mm length having 25% cut baffles – 4 nos. provided with end boxes ( one end box having divider plate ) ; tubes made of copper 4.5 mm i.d. and 6.35mm od and 250 mm length with triangular pitch; immersion water heater 3.5 kw capacity for providing hot water; thermometer ( 0 – 100 degree c ) for measuring water temperature, valves to control hot water and cold water. 2 set of hard copies of operation and laboratory manual with calculation sheet are to be supplied along with the apparatus. 3.026 heat exchanger parallel flow and counter flow type this experimental setup consists of two concentric tubes, inner tube consists of copper through which hot water flows. while the outer tube consists of gi pipe through which cold water flows. the arrangement enables the parallel and counter flow of the cold water. there should be a provision to measure inlet and outlet temperatures and the flow measurement arrangement so that lmtd and effectiveness of the heat exchangers can be compared. specification: inner cu tube 12.7 mm i.d. and outer gi pipe 15 mm i.d. and 1.5 m long; thermometer ( 0 – 100 degree c ) – 4 nos., measuring flask – 1 l capacity ( borosil make ) ; geyser 3kw 230v 50 hz . 2 set of hard copies of operation and laboratory manual with calculation sheet are to be supplied along with the apparatus. 3.027 single stage, single cylinder reciprocating compressor this experimental setup consists of a single stage air compressor at least 7 kg / cm2 pressure ( elgi make ) fitted with air receiver ( at least 20 m3 volume ) with orifice meter, pressure gauges and energy meter to measure input of the compressor and digital temperature indicators to measure temperatures at various locations. the compressor is to be mounted on the air receiver along with the motor and is to be provided with safety valve ( air relief valve ) and a pressure switch. this unit should be equipped such that it is capable to determine volumetric efficiency and isothermal efficiency at various discharge pressure. specification: air compressor – single stage, single cylinder type driven by 2 hp, 3 phase motor mounted on air receiver provided with delivery valve; air tank and orifice meter with water manometer for air intake measurement; pressure gauges to measure air pressure in air receiver and delivery pressure, multichannel digital temperature indicator to measure temperature at various locations; energy meter to measure input power; a hand tachometer.2 set of hard copies of operation and laboratory manual with calculation sheet are to be supplied along with the apparatus. 3.028 cam analysis apparatus, this experimental setup is to be made to study the cam profiles and performance of cam – follower system. this setup consists of a shaft made of alloy steel by ball / roller bearings upon which different types of cam can be mounted separately. the push rod for follower is to be placed vertically which can adopt all the followers separately. this should be designed such that cams and followers can be changed very easily. a variable speed motor is to be coupled to the cam shaft for changing the speed of the cam shaft. arrangement to be provided for attaching a dial gauge ( 0 – 10 mm displacement with 0.01 mm least count , baker or mittutoyo make ) on the push rod and a rotating disk graduated for 360 degree with 1 degree step mounted on cam shaft for preparing cam profile. by operating the system at various speed jump speed can be found and also the effect of weight and spring force can be studied. the apparatus consists of the following: • cams eccentric, tangent and circular type ( all are to be hardened ) ; followers – flat faced, mushroom head, roller and knife edge ( all are to be hardened ) ; weight set; compression spring; motor variable speed d.c. motor, 1 / 4 hp; speed control unit; dial gauge; tachometer; and stroboscope. cam & followers must be made of case hardened steel. 2 hard copies of operation manual and laboratory manual with calculation sheet are to be supplied along with the apparatus. and installation & demonstration are to be given within one month of supply of set up. 3.029 actual cut section working model of synchromesh gear box 4 forward speed & 1 reverse speed with single plate clutch actual cut section working model of synchromesh gear box 4 forward speed & 1 reverse speed with single plate clutch. the working of gear box is to be shown with the help of actual parts assembled on square iron frame. all the parts of the gear box are to be shown in actual working form for demonstration of gear box. all internal details of this working model should be properly labeled. 3.030 actual cut section model of constant mesh gear box, actual cut section working model of constant mesh gear box mounted on steel frame showing details of all components for demonstration purpose. all necessary parts of gear box are to be provided in actual working form. all internal details of this working model should be properly labeled. 3.031 actual cut section model of differential gear box with rear axle assembly actual cut section working model of differential gear box with rear axle assembly fully floating type with manual rotating arrangement of ambassador car mounted on steel frame showing details of all components for demonstration purpose. all internal details of this working model should be properly labeled. 3.032 static and dynamic balancing of rotating masses apparatus this setup is to be made to carry out both static and dynamic balance of rotating mass system. this setup consists of a stainless steel shaft fixed on a rectangular frame. a set of four blocks with a clamping arrangement is to be provided. for static balancing, each block is to be individually clamped on shaft. for dynamic balancing, a moment polygon is to be drawn using relative weights and angular and axial position of blocks to be determined. the blocks are to be clamped on the shaft and the shaft is rotated by a motor. the system is to be provided with angular and longitudinal scale required to measure the position of mass. specification: drive dc motor 0.5 kw 230 v 50 hz with speed controller; balancing weight – 4 nos. of stainless steel with different sized eccentric mass for varying unbalance; rotating having required diameter made of ss; instrument panel should consist of digital tachometer, strain gauge indicator, on / off switch, etc. 2 hard copies of operation manual and laboratory manual with calculation sheet are to be supplied along with the apparatus. and installation & demonstration are to be given within one month of supply of set up 3.033 universal governor apparatus, the setup consists of a main spindle driven by variable speed motor. different governor assembly like watt, porter, hurtnell and proell governor can be mounted upon the spindle. an arrangement is to be made to measure the lift of the governors at various speeds. by using the data characteristics of the governors and performance of the governors like sensitivity, stability and effort of the governor can be studied. the apparatus consists of the following: drive unit d.c. motor, 1 / 4 hp, 1500 rpm ; belt and pulley system to give spindle speed 100 to 500 rpm ;governor mechanisms with spring and spring compression arrangement and sliding weights for porter and proell governor for the governors: watt governor, porter governor, hartnell governor and proell governor; scale and pointer to measure governor lift 2 hard copies of operation manual and laboratory manual with calculation sheet are to be supplied along with the apparatus. and installation & demonstration are to be given within one month of supply of set up. 3.034 power transmitted by any belt drive using any one dynamometer setup consists of a variable speed motor ( dc ) , driving pulley and driven pulley of equal diameter. pulleys are mounted on motor shaft and brake drum shaft. the driven pulley can slide on the base with bearing block to change initial tension in belt. brake drum is mounted on driven shaft to measure power output. a two channel digital rpm indicator is to be provided to measure rpm of input / output shaft. specification: dc motor – 1 hp, 1500 rpm with variable speed controller, brake drum with spring balance, steel pulleys ( driver and driven of same diameter ) ; endless flat belt ( of fabric belt, canvas belt and rubber belt ) ; belt tightening arrangement, speed controller unit, two channel rpm indicator, stroboscope. this setup should be made such that following experiment can be done: co efficient of friction between belt and pulley; power transmitted; percentage of slip; and creep zone. 3.035 single shoe brake – working model this model consists of a brake drum, mounted on a shaft free to rotate in bearing and is to be provided with brake lever. the whole assembly is to be mounted on iron base. all internal details of this working model should be properly labeled. 3.036 band brake – working model this model consists of a brake drum, mounted on a shaft free to rotate in bearing and a flexible band is to be wrapped partly around the drum. the braking action is to be done with help of lever. the whole assembly is to be mounted on iron base. all internal details of this working model should be properly labeled. 3.037 plate clutch – working model this working unit is to be made of metal parts with operating levers to demonstrate the working principle of plate clutch. the whole assembly is to be mounted on iron base. all internal details of this working model should be properly labeled. 3.038 multi plate clutch – working model this working unit is to be made of metal parts with operating levers to demonstrate the working principle of multi plate clutch. the whole assembly is to be mounted on iron base. all internal details of this working model should be properly labeled....